Home

QGIS User Guide - OSGeo Server

1. The Uninstall plugin button is enabled only if the selected plugin is installed and is not a core plugin Note that if you have installed an update to a core plugin you can uninstall this update with the Uninstall plugin and revert to the version shipped with Quantum GIS This default version however cannot be uninstalled Repositories tab The second tab Repositories contains a list of plugin repositories available for the Plugin Installer By default only the QGIS Official Repository is enabled You can add several user contributed reposi tories including the central QGIS Contributed Repository and other external repositories by clicking the Add 3rd party repositories button The added repositories contain a large number of useful plugins which are not maintained by the QGIS Development Team As such we cannot take any responsibility for them You can also manage the repository list manually that is add remove and edit the entries Temporarily disabling a particular repository is possible by clicking the button Options tab The Options tab is where you can configure the settings of the Plugin Installer The Check for updates on startup checkbox tells QGIS to automatically look for plugin updates and news By default if this feature is enabled all repositories listed and enabled in the tab are checked for updates each time the program is start
2. the name in the legend and choosing Properties gt from the popup menu See Section 3 4 1 for more information on setting symbology of vector layers QGIS Tip 9 LOAD LAYER AND PROJECT FROM MOUNTED EXTERNAL DRIVES ON OS X On OS X portable drives that are mounted besides the primary hard drive do not show up under File Ly Open Project as expected We are working on a more OSX native open save dialog to fix this As a workaround you can type Volumes in the File name box and press return Then you can navigate to external drives and network mounts 3 1 2 Improving Performance To improve the performance of drawing a shapefile you can create a spatial index A spatial index will improve the speed of both zooming and panning Spatial indexes used by QGIS have a qix extension Use these steps to create the index Load a shapefile Open the Layer Properties dialog by double clicking on the shapefile name in the legend or by right clicking and choosing Properties gt from the popup menu Inthe tab General click the Create Spatial Index button 3 1 3 Loading a MapInfo Layer To load a Maplnfo layer click on the Add Vector Layer toolbar bar button or type Ctrl Shift V 34 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 3 1 4 Loading an Arcinfo Binary Coverage Open an OGR Supported Vector Layer Look in E arbeitgrassdata ggis _data vmap0_shapefi
3. e Make lines appear less jagged at the expense of some drawing performance e Fix problems with incorrectly filled polygons 2 4 Measuring Measuring works within projected coordinate systems only e g UTM If the loaded map is defined with a geographic coordinate system latitude longitude the results from line or area measurements will be incorrect To fix this you need to set an appropriate map coordinate system See Section 6 Both measuring modules also use the snapping settings from the digitizing module This is useful if you want to measure along lines or areas in vector layers a To select a measure tool click on iii and select the tool you want to use 2 4 1 Measure length areas and angles a fiat QGIS is also able to measure real distances between given points according to a defined ellipsoid To configure this choose menu option Settings Ly Options gt click on the Map tools tab and choose QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 23 2 5 Projects the appropriate ellipsoid There you can also define a rubberband color and your preferred measurement units meters or feet The tool then allows you to click points on the map Each segment length as well as the total shows up in the measure window To stop measuring click your right mouse button hu Areas can also be measured In the measure window the accumulated area size appears In addition the measuring tool will sna
4. 7 7 Digitizing and editing a GRASS vector layer The digitizing tools for GRASS vector layers are accessed using the Edit GRASS vector layer icon on the toolbar Make sure you have loaded a GRASS vector and it is the selected layer in the legend before clicking on the edit tool Figure 7 4 shows the GRASS edit dialog that is displayed when you click on the edit tool The tools and settings are discussed in the following sections QGIS Tip 37 DIGITIZING POLYGONS IN GRASS If you want to create a polygon in GRASS you first digitize the boundary of the polygon setting the mode to No category Then you add a centroid label point into the closed boundary setting the mode to Next not used The reason is that a topological vector model links attribute information of a polygon always to the centroid and not to the boundary Toolbar In Figure 7 3 you see the GRASS digitizing toolbar icons provided by the GRASS plugin Table 7 1 explains the available functionalities LUCRA AvD Figure 7 3 GRASS Digitizing Toolbar amp Category Tab The tab allows you to define the way in which the category values will be assigned to a new geometry element Mode what category value shall be applied to new geometry elements Next not used apply next not yet used category value to geometry element Manual entry manually define the category value for the geometry element in the Category entry field No categ
5. If you want to hold a feature for a while to be able to read its properties and relations move the mouse cursor at the same time try left clicking while you are over the feature Identification process will stop until next left clicking Sometimes there are more than one feature at a point where left clicking was performed This happens especially when clicking on cross roads or if you didn t zoom enough into the map In this situation only one of such features is identified and marked with the rubberband but the plugin remembers all of them Then still in the pause mode you can change identified features cyclical with right clicking 10 14 5 Editing basic OSM data In the title of this section basic data means non relation OSM features nodes and ways If you prefer reading information on relation editing just skip this section and read the next one Basic data editing is a key part of OSM Plugin You can change property position or shape of any existing basic feature You can remove features or add new ones All such changes on nodes and ways are remembered for comfortable usage of Undo Redo operations and for easy upload of all changes to OpenStreetMap server Changing feature tags Changing the property tag of an OSM feature can be done directly in the table of feature tags The Tags table of basic features can be found on the OSM Feature widget Don t forget to identify feature first If you want to change a tag valu
6. Figure 10 22 The download tool The device type you select in the GPS device menu determines how GPSBabel tries to communicate with your GPS device If none of the available types work with your GPS device you can create a new type see section 10 9 7 The port may be a file name or some other name that your operating system uses as a reference to the physical port in your computer that the GPS device is connected to It may also be simply usb for usb enabled f GPS units A On Linux this is something like dev ttyS0 or dev ttyS1 and on ag Windows it s COM1 or COM2 When you click the data will be downloaded from the device and appear as a layer in QGIS 10 9 6 Uploading GPS data to a device You can also upload data directly from a vector layer in QGIS to a GPS device using the Upload to GPS tab of the GPS Tools dialog To do this you simply select the layer that you want to upload which must be a GPX layer your GPS device type and the port or usb that it is connected to Just as with the download tool you can specify new device types if your device isn t in the list This tool is very useful in combination with the vector editing capabilities of QGIS It allows you to load a map create waypoints and routes and then upload them and use them on your GPS device 10 9 7 Defining new device types There are lots of different types of GPS devices The QGIS developers can t test all of them so if you
7. Quantum GIS Map Name e g Water Features Quick Print Copyright c QGIS 2008 Page Size Aa 210 x 297 mm 8 26 x 11 69 inches Note If you want more control over the map layout please use the map composer function in QGIS Figure 10 42 Quick Print Dialog amp QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide Quantum GIS Quick Print ARS Southeast Alaska i L cmo g c QGIS 2009 0 199 94 Figure 10 43 Quick Print result as DIN A4 PDF using the alaska sample dataset QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 173 11 Other core plugins The remaining core plugins are listed in Table 11 1 along with references to the chapters in this manual which cover their usage Plugin Manual Reference Diagram Overlay Chapter 3 4 11 GRASS Chapter 7 and Appendix B Plugin Installer Chapter 9 1 3 SPIT Chapter 3 2 4 WFS Chapter 5 4 Table 11 1 Other Core Plugins 175 12 Using external QGIS Python Plugins External QGIS plugins are written in Python They are stored in either the Official or User contributed QGIS Repostories or in various other external repositories maintained by individual authors Table 12 1 shows a list of currently available Official plugins with a short description Detailed documentation about the usage minimum QGIS version homepage authors and other important information are provided with th
8. Classification type linearly scaling Classification attribute T_F_JUL Scale linearly between 0 and the following attribute value diagram size Diagram a Overlay ly Find maximum value 63 Size 15 Restore Default Style Save As Default Load Style Save Style Help Ol Apply Cancel Figure 3 22 Vector properties dialog with diagram tab 4b 3 5 Editing QGIS supports various capabilities for editing OGR PostGIS and Spatialite vector layers Note the procedure for editing GRASS layers is different see Section 7 7 for details QGIS Tip 14 CONCURRENT EDITS This version of QGIS does not track if somebody else is editing a feature at the same time as you The last person to save their edits wins 3 5 1 Setting the Snapping Tolerance and Search Radius Before we can edit vertices we must set the snapping tolerance and search radius to a value that allows us an optimal editing of the vector layer geometries Snapping tolerance Snapping tolerance is the distance QGIS uses to search for the closest vertex and or segment you are trying to connect when you set a new vertex or move an existing vertex If you aren t within the snap tolerance QGIS will leave the vertex where you release the mouse button instead of snapping it to an existing vertex and or segment The snapping tolerance setting affects all tools which work with tolerance
9. O oa A WD Check the Display labels checkbox to enable labeling N Choose the field to label with We ll use Field containing label NAMES y 8 Enter a default for lakes that have no name The default label will be used each time QGIS encounters a lake with no value in the NAMES field 9 If have labels extending over several lines check Multiline labels QGIS will check for a true line return in your label field and insert the line breaks accordingly A true line return is a single character in not two separate characters like a backlash 1 followed by the character n 10 Click Apply Now we have labels How do they look They are probably too big and poorly placed in relation to the marker symbol for the lakes 48 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 3 4 5 Labels Tab Style Manager Style item type Marker symbol 4 v O en blue square car o k green diamond orange star Figure 3 15 Style Manager to manage symbols and color ramps A Select the entry and use the and buttons to set the font and color You can also change the angle and the placement of the text label To change the position of the text relative to the feature 1 2 3 4 Click on the Font entry Change the placement by selecting one of the radio buttons in the Placement group To fix our labels choose the e Right radio button the Font size units allows you to select between e Points
10. qgis_sample_data gps national_monuments gpx Browse Feature types Waypoints W Routes MI Tracks le Help cancel J ok Figure 10 21 The GPS Tools dialog window Use the browse button E to select the GPX file then use the checkboxes to select the feature types you want to load from that GPX file Each feature type will be loaded in a separate layer when you click The file national_monuments gpx only includes waypoints 10 9 3 GPSBabel Since QGIS uses GPX files you need a way to convert other GPS file formats to GPX This can be done for many formats using the free program GPSBabel which is available at http www gpsbabel org This program can also transfer GPS data between your computer and a GPS device QGIS uses GPSBabel to do these things so it is recommended that you install it However if you just want to load GPS data from GPX files you will not need it Version 1 2 3 of GPSBabel is known to work with QGIS but you should be able to use later versions without any problems 10 9 4 Importing GPS data To import GPS data from a file that is not a GPX file you use the tool Import other file in the GPS Tools dialog Here you select the file that you want to import and the file type which feature type you want to import from it where you want to store the converted GPX file and what the name of the new layer should be Note that not all GPS data formats will support all three feature types so for m
11. Arrow markers Outline width 1 00 o Default marker Transparent fill e No marker Shape fill Color SVG markers 1 Rotation 0 B v Start marker End marker a shape dialog b arrow dialog Figure 8 8 Print composer basic shape and arrow item tab Shape and Arrow options dialog 4 The Shape dialog allows to draw an ellipse rectangle or triangle in the print composer canvas You can define its outline and fill color the outline width and a clockwise rotation The Arrow dialog allows to draw an arrow in the print composer canvas You can define color outline and arrow width and it is possible to use a default marker and no marker and a SVG marker For the SVG marker you can additionally add a SVG start and end marker from a directory on your computer 8 7 Add attribute table values It is possible to add parts of a vector attribute table to the print composer canvas Table Layer lakes v Attributes General options Show only visible features Frame color Composer map Map 0 v Background color Maximum rows 6 cb Opacity Margin 1 00 S C Y Show grid Outline width Grid stroke width 0 50 a 0 30 Header Font Content Font Y Show frame a table dialog b general options dialog Figure 8 9 Print composer attribute table item tab Table and General options dialog A 116 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide Table dialog The Table dialog of the attribute table item tab provides following functionalities
12. L Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document unaltered in their text and in their titles Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles M Delete any section Entitled Endorsements Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version N Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled Endorsements or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section O Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers If the Modified Version includes new front matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant To do this add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version s license notice These titles must be distinct from any other section titles QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 193 C 1 Quantum GIS Qt exception for GPL You may add a section Entitled Endorsements provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modi fied Version by various parties for example statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front Cover Text and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back Cover Text to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version Only one passage of Front Cover Text and one of Back Cover Text may be ad
13. Save OSM Where to save Features to save X Points X Relations Lines X Tags X Polygons cancel Figure 10 38 OSM saving dialog amp Select features you want to save into XML file and the file itself Use the button to start the operation The process will create an XML file in which OSM data from your current map extent are represented The OSM version of the output file is 0 6 Elements of OSM data lt node gt lt way gt lt relation gt do not contain information on their changesets and uids This information are not compulsory yet see DTD for OSM XML version 0 6 In the output file OSM elements are not ordered Notice that not only data from the current extent are saved Into the output file the whole polygons and lines are saved even if only a small part of them is visible in the current extent For each saved line polygon all its member nodes are saved too 10 14 10 Import OSM data To import OSM data from an opened non OSM vector layer follow this instructions Choose current OSM data by clicking on one of their layers Click on the Import data from a layer button If there is no such button someone has probably disable the OpenStreetMap toolbar in your QGIS installation You can enable it again in Settings Ly Toolbars Ly OpenStreetMap gt After clicking on the button following message may show up O OSM Import ba There are currently no available vector
14. trigonometric functions sin cos tan extract geometric information length and area are available together with concatenator and row counter Stay tuned for more operators to come A short example illustrates how the field calculator works We want to calculate the length of the railroads layer from the QGIS _example_dataset 1 Load the Shapefile railroads shp in QGIS and open the Attribute Table dialog 2 Click on Toggle editing mode and open the Field Calculator dialog 3 Unselect the _fUpdate existing field checkbox to enable the new field box 4 Add length as output field name real as output field type and define output field width 10 and a precision of 3 5 Now click on Operator length to add it as length into the field calculator expression box and click 70 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 4 Working with Raster Data This Section describes how to visualize and set raster layer properties QGIS supports a number of different raster formats Currently tested formats include Arc Info Binary Grid Arc Info ASCII Grid GRASS Raster GeoTIFF JPEG Spatial Data Transfer Standard Grids with some limitations USGS ASCII DEM Erdas Imagine Because the raster implementation in QGIS is based on the GDAL library other raster formats implemented in GDAL are also likely to work if in doubt try to open a sample and see if it is supported
15. If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code 4 You may not copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 5 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Program or any work based on the Program you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it 6 Each time you redistribute the Program or any work based on the Program the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and
16. Save ps Deau Load sye j Save Sye al Le res ces al Le re ces c Continous color d Unique value and click the E button for selecting your own texture file Currently the fileformats jpeg xpm and png are supported Fill color fill color of your features Outline options Outline style pen style for your outline of your feature You can also set this to no pen Outline color color of the ouline of your feature Outline width width of your features Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer style to a separate file with qm1 ending To do this use the button Save Style No need to say that Load Style loads your saved layer style file If you wish to always use a particular style whenever the layer is loaded use the Save As Default button to make your style the default Also if you make changes to the style that you are not happy with use the Restore Default Style button to revert to your default style Vector transparency QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer This can be done with the slider inside the symbology tab see fig 3 8a This is very useful for Transparency 10 U overlaying several vector layers 42 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 3 4 2 New Generation Symbology 3 4 2 New Generation Symbology Since QGIS 1 4 0 a new symbology was integrated in parallel with the symbology described above This new generati
17. 1 A general project wide snapping tolerance can be defined choosing Settings Ly s Options On Mac go to QGIS L Preferences on Linux L gt Options In the Digitizing tab you can select between to vertex to segment or to vertex and segment as default snap mode You can also define a default snapping tolerance and a search radius for vertex edits The tolerance an be set either in map units or in pixels The advantage of choosing pixels is that the snapping tolerance doesn t have 56 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 3 5 1 Setting the Snapping Tolerance and Search Radius Quantum GIS 1 1 0 Pan Unstable File Edit View Layer Settings Plugins Tools Help jea e easeeeeer e MARARA Bana RR ONEPLAORGD gt SawneaeuaraaG LONA gt 0 gt gt Layers ex 0 18 ER 394 NA miles e mg climate as Pd Sth auly 6 QGIS 2009 S5 792274 3846279 Scale 1 9679369 09 3t Render fix Figure 3 23 Diagram from temperature data overlayed on a map A to be changed after zoom operations In our small digitizing project working with the Alaska dataset we define the snapping units in feet Your results may vary but something on the order of 300ft should be fine at a scale of 1 10 000 should be a reasonable setting 2 A layer based snapping tolerance can be defined by choosing Settings or E Project Properties In
18. 10 Also load the other two vector layers rivers and airports and adapt their properties As you see it is very simple to load GRASS raster and vector layers in QGIS See following Sections for editing GRASS data and creating a new LOCATION More sample GRASS LOCATIONs are available at the GRASS website at http grass osgeo org download data php QGIS Tip 34 GRASS DATA LOADING If you have problems loading data or QGIS terminates abnormally check to make sure you have loaded the GRASS plugin properly as described in Section 7 1 7 3 GRASS LOCATION and MAPSET GRASS data are stored in a directory referred to as GISDBASE This directory often called grassdata must be created before you start working with the GRASS plugin in QGIS Within this directory the GRASS GIS data are organized by projects stored in subdirectories called LOCATION Each LOCATION is defined by its coordinate system map projection and geographical boundaries Each LOCATION can have several MAPSETs subdirectories of the LOCATION that are used to subdivide the project into different topics subregions or as workspaces for individual team members Neteler amp Mitasova 2008 4 In order to analyze vector and raster layers with GRASS modules you must import them into a GRASS LOCATION 7 3 1 Creating a new GRASS LOCATION As an example here is how the sample GRASS LOCATION alaska which is projected in Albers Equal Area projection with unit feet was created f
19. 2 o cee ee 90 7 3 2 Adding a new MAPSET ee ee 92 7 4 Importing data into a GRASS LOCATION 000002 eee ee 92 74 The GRASS vector data model lt lt e sesocan a Ee Oe ee a aa 93 7 6 Creating a new GRASS vector layer o o o ee 94 7 7 Digitizing and editing a GRASS vector layer o oo eee 94 7 8 The GRASS region tool 0c 2 0 ce eee ea ee a a a AA eee 96 TA The GRASS toglbok 2 242555 a ce eee OEE Ee He Pee ee eee Pee a A 96 7 9 1 Working with GRASS modules o a 96 7 9 2 GRASS module examples o e ee eee 100 7 9 3 Working with the GRASS LOCATION browser o e e 2 105 7 9 4 Customizing the GRASS Toolbox 0 e e nea 106 Print Composer 107 8 1 Open a new Print Composer Template 0000 oo a 108 82 Using Print Composer lt s cn i a aca aa a ad A AA a 108 8 3 Adding a current QGIS map canvas to the Print Composer o o o o o o o 109 8 3 1 Map item tab Map and Extents dialog o o o eee 109 8 3 2 Map item tab Grid and General options dialog o o 110 8 4 Adding other elements to the Print Composer 20 o e eee 111 8 4 1 Label item tab Label and General options dialog 0 o 111 8 4 2 Image item tab Picture options and General options dialog 112 8 43 Legend item tab General Legend items and
20. 606 0 ee PB aa SE ee eee es 79 WMS FROJECTIONS gt 000 a are ea Las A A at a WEA he ee ee ee we een ae ia 80 ACCESSING SECURED OGC LAYERS 2 000000 ee ee 82 FINDING WFS SERVERS 00 o ooo 0 ue ia ee ee ee ee a 83 ACCESSING SECURE WFS SERVERS aaa anoss ccana ceram ien e 84 PROJECT PROPERTIES DIALOG o cocoa aaa aa aaa aa a aaa ate 87 GRASS DATA LOADING essare unae pnka a a a aa 90 LEARNING THE GRASS VECTOR MODEL 93 CREATING AN ATTRIBUTE TABLE FOR A NEW GRASS VECTOR LAYER 94 DIGITIZING POLYGONS IN GRASS oo oooononroraaara a ea 94 CREATING AN ADDITIONAL GRASS LAYER WITH QGIS o eee 96 GRASS EDIT PERMISSIONS ico conocia ek ee a ee a 98 DISPLAY RESULTS IMMEDIATELY ouros 6 ca a a eR a 100 xiii xiv 41 42 43 Ae 45 46 47 THE SIMPLIFY TOOL 06 ok eo we ee ee a Ree ek a ee 101 OTHER USES FOR R CONTOUR a a a 102 CRASHING PLUGINS 2 06 lt 260 44 Se eee cde ee da EM Os 120 USING EXPERIMENTAL PLUGINS 0 2 ce a 122 PLUGINS SETTINGS SAVED TO PROJECT a 126 CREATING A VECTOR LAYER FROM A MICROSOFT EXCEL WORKSHEET 137 ADD MORE REPOSITORIES a a a a a 177 Foreword Welcome to the wonderful world of Geographical Information Systems GIS Quantum GIS QGIS is an Open Source Geographic Information System The project was born in May of 2002 and was established as a project on SourceForge in Ju
21. Added 12 1 Removed 0 0 0 Changed 0 0 1 Comment on your changes New streets added Usti nad Labem Czech Republic Hlavni trida street data repaired Sumperk Czech Republic OSM account Username Tajro Password 000000000 Show password Save password Upload Close Figure 10 37 OSM upload dialog A L Tobas At the top of the dialog you can check if you are uploading the correct data There is a short name of a current database In the table you find information on how many changes will be uploaded Statistics are displayed separately for each feature type QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 169 10 14 OpenStreetMap Plugin In the Comment on your changes box you can write brief information on meaning of your upload operation Just write in brief what data changes you ve done or let the box empty Fill OSM account arrays so that the server could authenticate you If you don t have an account on the OSM server it s the best time to create one at http www openstreetmap org Finally use Upload to start an upload operation 10 14 9 Saving OSM data To save data from a current map extent to an XML file click on the Save OSM to file button If there is no such button the OSM toolbar in your QuantumGIS installation is probably disabled You can enable it again in Settings L L OpenStreetMap gt After clicking on the button a new dialog appears
22. In QGIS a WFS layer behaves pretty much like any other vector layer You can identify and select features and view the attribute table Since QGIS 1 6 editing WFS T is also supported if the server provides this feature To start the WFS plugin you need to open Plugins Ly Plugin Manager activate the _ WFS plugin checkbox and click A new Add WFS Layer icon appears next to the WMS icon Click on it to open the dialog In general adding a WFS layer is very similar to the procedure used with WMS The difference is there are no default servers defined so we have to add our own Loading a WFS Layer As an example we use the DM Solutions WFS server and display a layer The URL is http www2 dmsolutions ca cgi bin mswfs_gmap 1 Make sure the WFS plugin is loaded if not open the Plugin Manager and load it 2 Click on the Add WFS Layer tool on the plugins toolbar Click on 3 4 Enter Name DM Solutions as the name 5 Enter the URL see previous page 6 Click OK 7 Choose Server Connections DM Solutions W from the drop down box 8 Click Connect 9 Wait for the list of layers to be populated 10 Click on the layer 11 Click to add the layer to the map 12 Wait patiently for the features to appear Note that the WFS plugin also recognizes the proxy settings you have set in your preferences Without using the checkbox Only request features overlapping the current view
23. List of Tables 3 1 PostGIS Connection Parameters o e ee 37 3 2 Vector layer basic editing toolbar o o 0 59 3 3 Vector layer advanced editing toolbar 0 e ee 62 del WMS Conneccion POLARIS 0 eee RA e di de Ra RD A 78 TA GRASS Digitizing Tole lt lt a a a A A 95 8 1 Print Composer Tools ic aa a aa a A 107 10 1 22 QGIS Core PIUGIAS ae ele a ek Oe eS be ee 123 10 2 Example format using absolute path relative path anda URL 131 10 3 The XML tags read by eViS ee 137 10 4 Mog Analysis tools cioa aarre amaaa A aaa A een a wads 139 10 5 fibols Research tools o oo rres caama AAA 139 10 6 fTools Geoprocessing tools s aa aa eoe oa ae e a ee 140 10 7 ook Geaniety tools ss nn ee aa a OE EE Rd da 140 10 8 fTools Datamanagementtools 2 0000 ee es 141 10 9 Listo GDAL tools 2 ocio oa da a ed a a ee ee eS 142 10 10 Georeferencer Tools o e cccream aama aa a a e a A ee ee 148 11 1 Other Core PIUQINS o i i oo oios aia adi a RA a ee eee eee 175 12 1 Current moderated external QGIS Plugins aoa aaa 000002 e 177 xi QGIS Tips NOOB WP 10 1i 12 13 14 15 16 Iz 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 UF TO DATE DOCUMENTATION vcici yaa aa e e a a a AA A a 1 EXAMPLE USING COMMAND LINE ARGUMENTS 0 00 0 eee ee ee
24. Preamble License ofthis document a sa c srece ew osas aa Table of Contents List of Figures List of Tables List of QGIS Tips Foreword A AI RR Conventions GUI ORVRMUIDNS 04446 4b eee eee Re eee ee ee dee ao Text or Keyboard Conventions 2 risda a oea a ee Platform specific instructions lt s s 22 4we we Ge gee a eR ee ee ees 1 Introduction To GIS 1 1 te 1 3 1 4 1 5 Why isalthis So A Hala Rasa ni A e A E es Se a a ea AA IEA Se AP oR ete ae A ee Ee Mb ee ee eee ea ate INSTAMADAO 2 A eee aoe OA DA a EE hee ee A A o DAUA a a a ee a a i ai a a ee al of ee eae Gk wr Sample Session 2 ee 2 Features at a Glance 2 1 22 2 3 2 4 Starting and Stopping QGIS lt lt ss sa aa aa aa ae a a a a a 2 1 1 Command Line Options aoaaa aa ee a GU a a i i a aa weet teehee tk Sap daaa eee a o iE iE bee eed 2 2 1 Venu Bar s sa cono tthe RR a aaa RR RRA A aA e TO A AAA eee MB LESA 10 Price a a Pelee AA 224 Map VOW RS 225 Map Qveriew os lt eenei a a Oe Oe OES a a ee anata POG AWGB ri ee A a aa el eee he ee eed Keyboard SIOF IGU S aoe es eee bbe a Re Eee ES 22 8 Contexthelp ee een eee ii eee eee ee eS sd er rawa bbb AN 23 1 Scale Dependent Rendering o e e 2 3 2 Controlling Map Rendering o o e IMSS ie a as dp Bowe it A A AI A 24 1 Measure length areas and angles o eee ee ee ee viii xi xii aon
25. Quantum GIS User Guide Version 1 6 0 Copiap Preamble This document is the original user guide of the described software Quantum GIS The software and hardware described in this document are in most cases registered trademarks and are therefore subject to the legal requirements Quantum GIS is subject to the GNU General Public License Find more information on the Quantum GIS Homepage http www qgis org The details data results etc in this document have been written and verified to the best of knowledge and responsibility of the authors and editors Nevertheless mistakes concerning the content are possible Therefore all data are not liable to any duties or guarantees The authors editors and publishers do not take any responsibility or liability for failures and their consequences Your are always welcome to indicate possible mistakes This document has been typeset with IATEX It is available as IATEX source code via subversion and online as PDF document via http qgis osgeo org documentation manuals html Translated versions of this document can be downloaded via the documentation area of the QGIS project as well For more information about contributing to this document and about translating it please visit http www qgis org wiki Links in this Document This document contains internal and external links Clicking on an internal link moves within the document while clicking on an external link opens an internet ad
26. Settings L Toolbars gt 2 2 3 Map Legend The map legend area is used to set the visibility and z ordering of layers Z ordering means that layers listed nearer the top of the legend are drawn over layers listed lower down in the legend The checkbox in each legend entry can be used to show or hide the layer Layers can be grouped in the legend window by adding a layer group and dragging layers into the group To do so move the mouse pointer to the legend window right click choose Add group gt A new folder appears Now drag the layers onto to the folder symbol It is then possible to toggle the visibility of all the layers in the group with one click To bring layers out of a group move the mouse pointer to the layer symbol right click and choose Make to toplevel item gt To give the folder a new name choose Rename gt in the right click menu of the group The content of the right mouse button context menu depends on whether the loaded legend item you hold your mouse over is a raster or a vector layer For GRASS vector layers the toggle editing gt is not available See section 7 7 for information on editing GRASS vector layers e Right mouse button menu for raster layers Zoom to layer extent gt Zoom to best scale 100 gt Show in overview gt Remove gt Properties g
27. With the GRASS plugin you can load vector or raster layers using the appropriate button on the toolbar menu As an example we use the QGIS alaska dataset see Section 1 4 It includes a small sample GRASS LOCATION with 3 vector layers and 1 raster elevation map 1 Create a new folder grassdata download the QGIS alaska dataset qgis_sample_data zip from http download osgeo org qgis data and unzip the file into grassdata 2 Start QGIS 89 7 3 GRASS LOCATION and MAPSET 3 If not already done in a previous QGIS session load the GRASS plugin clicking on Plugins Ly Manage Plugins and selecting GRASS gt The GRASS toolbar appears on the toolbar menu Inthe GRASS toolbar click the ax Open mapset icon to bring up the MAPSET wizard For Gisdbase browse and select or enter the path to the newly created folder grassdata You should now be able to select the LOCATION alaska and the MAPSET demo Click Notice that some previously disabled tools in the GRASS toolbar are now enabled 8 Click on Add GRASS raster layer choose the map name gtopo30 and click Ok The elevation layer will be visualized 9 Click on Add GRASS vector layer choose the map name alaska and click The alaska boundary vector layer will be overlayed on top of the gtopo30 map You can now adapt the layer proper ties as described in chapter 3 4 e g change opacity fill and outline color NO A
28. download command for the predefined device type GPS device Garmin serial v and then use it to download waypoints from port dev ttyS0 to the file output gpx QGIS will replace the keywords and run the command gpsbabel w i garmin o gpx dev ttyS0 output gpx The upload command is the command that is used to upload data to the device The same keywords are used but in is now replaced by the name of the GPX file for the layer that is being uploaded and out is replaced by the port name You can learn more about GPSBabel and it s available command line options at http www gpsbabel org Once you have created a new device type it will appear in the device lists for the download and upload tools 10 10 Interpolation Plugin The Interplation plugin can be used to generate a TIN or IDW interpolation of a point vector layer It is very simple to handle and provides an intiuitive graphical user interface for creating interpolated raster layers See Figure 10 23 The plugin requires the following parameters to be specified before running Input vector layer Specify the input point vector layer s from a list of loaded point layers If several layers are specified then data from all layers is used for interpolation Note It is possible to insert lines or polygons as constraints for the triangulation by specifying either structure lines or break lines in the Type gt dropdown menu
29. 10 13 3 Displaying GeoRaster Finally by selecting a GeoRaster from the list of Raster Data Table and Raster Id s the raster image will be loaded into QGIS The Select Oracle Spatial GeoRaster dialog window can be closed now and next time it opens it will keep the same connection and will show the same previous list of subdataset making it very easy to open up another image from the same context Note GeoRasters that contains pyramids will display much faster but the pyramids need to be generated outside of QGIS using Oracle PL SQL or gdaladdo The following is example using gdaladdo gdaladdo georaster scott tiger orcl georaster _table georaster georid 6 r 160 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide Select Oracle Spatial GeoRaster Server Connections example Connect New Edit Delete Subdatasets georaster scotttigerorcl GDAL_RDT 214 georaster scotttigerorcl GDAL_RDT 215 georaster scotttigerorcl GDAL_RDT 216 georaster scotttigerorcl GDAL_RDT 217 georaster scotttigerorcl GDAL_RDT 218 Selection georaster scotttigerorcl GDAL_IMPORT RASTER Update 5 GeoRaster objects on table GDAL_IMPORT column RASTER Figure 10 30 Select Oracle GeoRaster dialog nearest 2 4 6 8 16 32 This is an example using PL SQL cd sqlplus scott tiger SQL gt DECLARE gr sdo_georaster BEGIN SELECT image INTO gr FROM cities WHERE id 1 FOR UPDATE sdo_geor generatePyramid gr rLevel 5 resampling NN
30. Connect Now you can add one or more files to the queue by clicking on the button To process the files click on the button The progress of the import as well as any errors warnings will be displayed as each shapefile is processed QGIS Tip 13 IMPORTING SHAPEFILES CONTAINING POSTGRESQL RESERVED WORDS If a shapefile is added to the queue containing fields that are reserved words in the PostgreSQL database a dialog will popup showing the status of each field You can edit the field names prior to import and change any that are reserved words or change any other field names as desired Attempting to import a shapefile with reserved words as field names will likely fail ogr2ogr Beside shp2pgsql and SPIT there is another tool for feeding geodata in PostGIS ogr2ogr This is part of your GDAL installation To import a shapefile into PostGIS do the following 38 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 3 2 5 Improving Performance ogr2ogr f PostgreSQL PG dbname postgis host myhost de user postgres password topsecret alaska shp This will import the shapefile alaska shp into the PostGIS database postgis using the user postgres with the password topsecret on host myhost de Note that OGR must be built with PostgreSQL to support PostGIS You can see this by typing ogrinfo formats grep i post If you like to use PostgreSQL s COPY command instead of the default INSERT INTO method you can export the following environment v
31. Label 3 00 j ie ag sal aa le LY Outline width Box space 1 00 mm A ls 0 30 2 Unit label 4 Position Font Show frame Color a scalebar options dialog b general options dialog Figure 8 7 Print composer scalebar item tab Scalebar and General options dialog A Furthermore you can define height line width label and box space of the scale bar Add a unit label and define the scalebar font and color General options dialog The General options dialog of the scalebar item tab provides following features see Figure 8 7b Here you can define color and outline width for the element frame set a background color and opacity for the scalebar The button opens the Set items position dialog and allows to set the map canvas position using reference points or coordinates Furthermore you can select or unselect to display the element frame with the Show frame checkbox 8 5 Navigation tools For map navigation the print composer provides 4 general tools Q Ena Q Goma if you find the view in an inconsistent state 8 6 Add Basic shape and Arrow It is possible to add basic shapes Ellipse Rectangle Triangle and arrows to the print composer canvas QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 115 8 7 Add attribute table values Arrow color Ellipse les Outline width 4 00 IE A i EA Shape outline color seco do T ES
32. With predefined queries you can select previously written queries stored in XML format in a file This is particularly helpful if you are not familiar with SQL commands Click on the Predefined Queries tab to 134 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 10 5 3 Database connection select FROM PhotoPoints Run Query B Output Console New Database connection requested Connection to localhost PhotoPoint_excel established Tables gt PhotoPoints C Figure 10 11 The e Vis SQL query tab ay display the predefined query interface To load a set of predefined queries click on the Open File icon This opens the Open File window which is used to locate the file containing the SQL queries When the queries are loaded their titles as defined in the XML file will appear in the dropdown menu located just below the Open File icon the full description of the query is displayed in the text window under the dropdown menu Select the query you want to run from the dropdown menu and then click on the SQL Query tab to see that the query has been loaded into the query window If it is the first time you are running a predefined query or are switching databases you need to be sure to connect to the database Click on the button in the SQL Query tab to execute the command If the query is successful a Database File Selection window will be displayed If the query is not successful an error message will appear in the
33. google com search q hh In the first example the web browser konqueror is invoked and passed a URL to open The URL performs a Google search on the value of the nam field from our vector layer Note that the application or script called by the action must be in the path or you must provided the full path To be sure we could rewrite the first example as opt kde3 bin konqueror http www google com search q nam This will ensure that the konqueror application will be executed when the action is invoked The second example uses the notation which does not rely on a particular field for its value When the action is invoked the will be replaced by the value of the selected field in the identify results or attribute table QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 53 3 4 The Vector Properties Dialog Using Actions Actions can be invoked from either the Identify Results dialog or an Attribute Table dialog recall that these dialogs can be opened by clicking 9 Identify Features or Open Attribute Table To invoke an action right click on the record and choose the action from the popup menu Actions are listed in the popup menu by the name you assigned when defining the actions Click on the action you wish to invoke If you are invoking an action that uses the notation right click on the field value in the Identify Results dialog or the Attribute Table dialog that you wish to pass to
34. holding back people from using them in creative productive or unexpected ways Both rendered images and the vector dataset of OSM are available for download under a Creative Commons Attribution ShareAlike 2 0 licence OpenStreetMap Mozilla Firefox Datei Bearbeiten Ansicht Chronik Lesezeichen Extras Hilfe amp Q http www openstreetmap org CE Google fAusschreibungeny EDaten ESoftware Dictionaryy FAFOSSGISy GBD lernen SIS Handball X OpenStreetMap x Bearbeiten Chronik Export GPS Tracks Blogs Anmelden Registrieren 2 Grundkarte Mapnik Osmarender Radfahrerkarte StraBen ohne Name OpenStreetMap ist eine freie editierbare Karte der gesamten gt Welt die von Menschen wie es dir erstellt wird gt A 7 E Daten OpenStreetMap erm glicht es geographische Daten gemeinschaftlich von berall auf der Welt anzuschauen und zu bearbeiten Das Hosting der OpenStreetMap Server wird freundlicherweise von UCL VR Centre und bytemark www openstreetmap org gelesen Figure 10 31 OpenStreetMap data in the web OpenStreetMap was inspired by sites such as Wikipedia the map display see Figure 10 31 features a prominent Edit tab and a full revision history is maintained Registered users can upload GPS track logs and edit the vector data using the given editing tools OSM data primitive is an object class that can be stored via the API in the server T
35. it can be disabled and enabled using the Plugin Manager See Section 9 1 The eVis plugin is made up of three modules the Database Connection tool Event ID tool and the Event Browser These work together to allow viewing of geocoded photographs and other documents that are linked This section is derived from Horning N K Koy P Ersts 2009 eVis v1 1 0 Users Guide American Museum of Natural History Center for Biodiversity and Conservation Available from http biodiversityinformatics amnh org and released under the GNU FDL 128 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 10 5 1 Event Browser to features stored in vector files databases or spreadsheets 10 5 1 Event Browser The Event Browser module provides the functionality to display geocoded photographs that are linked to vector features displayed in the QGIS map window Point data for example can be from a vector file that can be input using QGIS or it can be from the result of a database query The vector feature must have attribute information associated with it to describe the location and name of the file containing the photograph and optionally the compass direction the camera was pointed when the image was acquired Your vector layer must be loaded into QGIS before running the Event Browser Launch the Event Browser module To launch the Event browser module either click on the 5 icon or click on Plugins Ly eVis gt L eVis Event Browser gt This will open th
36. lt description gt This command will import only points that have photographs that mention limestone to QGIS lt description gt lt databasetype gt SQLITE lt databasetype gt lt databasehost gt lt databaseport gt lt databasename gt C Workshop eVis_Data PhotoPoints db lt databasename gt lt databaseusername gt lt databasepassword gt lt sqlstatement gt SELECT Attributes Points x Points y FROM Attributes LEFT JOIN Points ON Points rec_id Attributes point_ID where COMMENTS like limestone lt sqlstatement gt lt autoconnect gt false lt autoconnect gt lt query gt doc gt 10 6 fTools Plugin The goal of the fTools python plugin is to provide a one stop resource for many common vector based GIS tasks without the need for additional software libraries or complex workarounds lt provides a growing suite of spatial data management and analysis functions that are both fast and functional fTools is now automatically installed and enabled in new versions of QGIS and as with all plugins it can be disabled and enabled using the Plugin Manager See Section 9 1 When enabled the fTools plugin adds a Vector menu to QGIS providing functions ranging from Analysis and Research Tools to Geometry and Geoprocessing Tools as well as several useful Data Management Tools fTools functions Tables 10 4 through 10 8 list the functions available via the fTools plugin along with a brief
37. on the value of the field containing the path to the file the application to open the file will be launched to view or hear the contents of the file If the file extension is recognized the attribute data will be displayed in green Navigation buttons Use the Previous and Next buttons to load the previous or next feature when more than one feature is selected Feature indicator This heading indicates which feature is being displayed and how many features are available for display Understanding the Options window File location A dropdown list to specify the attribute field that contains the directory path or URL for the photographs or other documents being displayed If the location is a relative path then the checkbox to the right of the dropdown menu must be clicked The base path for a relative path can be entered in the Base Path text box below Information about the different options for specifying the file location are noted in the section 10 5 1 below Compass bearing display field A dropdown list to specify the attribute field that contains the compass bearing associated with the photograph being displayed If compass bearing information is available it is necessary to click the checkbox to the left of the dropdown menu title Compass offset setting Compass offsets can be used to compensate for declination adjust bearings collected using magnetic bearings to true north bearings Click the Manual radio button to
38. 12 The GRASS shell r shaded relief module 4 The module r shaded relief can take a parameter zmult which multiplies the elevation values relative to the X Y coordinate units so that the hillshade effect is even more pronounced Load the gtopo30 elevation raster as above then start the GRASS tool box and click on the GRASS shell In the shell window type the command r shaded relief map gtopo30 shade gtopo30_shade2 azimuth 315 zmult 3 and press Enter After the process finishes shift to the Browse tab and double click on the new gtopo30_shade2 raster QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 103 7 9 The GRASS toolbox to display in QGIS As explained above shift the shaded relief raster below the gtopo30 raster in the Table of Contents then check transparency of the colored gtopo30 layer You should see that the 3D effect stands out more strongly compared to the first shaded relief map file Edit View Layer Settings Plugins Jools Help EEEE S T a a CEE SOES Bm wt ye ix PRA OTBODBRHODE ni AAA 4 AO a Layers ox Mi 3 one Z FTA y ES 2 O Ta Y st f 4 Se NL gtopo30_shade2 y r Xx Q ws a SP O 5 ia _ svevew ex a E Sy z r iy F y E 105088442331 Scale 16558477 O v Rer g Figure 7 13 Displaying shaded relief created with the GRASS module r shaded relief 4 Raster statistics in a vector map The next example shows how a GRASS module can aggregate raster data and
39. 4 settings are stored in the registry under HKEY CURRENT USER Sof tware QuantumGIS qgis 2 8 Annotation Tools The text annotation tools in the attribute toolbar provides the possibility to place formated text in a balloon on the QGIS map canvas Use the text annotation tool and click into the map canvas Double click on the item opens a dialog with various options There is the text editor to enter the formated text and other item settings E g there is the choice of having the item placed on a map position displayed by a marker symbol or to have the item on a screen position not related to the map The item can be moved by map position drag the map marker or by moving only the balloon The icons are part of gis theme and are used by default in the other themes too The move annotation tool allows to move the annotation on the map canvas 2 8 1 Form annotations Additionally you can also create your own annotation forms The form annotation tool is useful to display attributes of a vector layer in a customised qt designer form see Figure 2 6 It is similar to the designer forms 28 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 2 8 1 Form annotations e Annotation text y Ye l 3 cJ QGIS rocks Background color Y Map position fixed Map marker o Frame width 1 00 Y OK Cancel Delete Figure 2 5 Annotation text dialog for the identify tool but displayed in an annotation item Also see QGIS blog http
40. 5 2 Dialog for searching WMS servers after some keywords bo xed he oe es 80 5 3 Adding a WFS layer D aaa aaa eee teen 84 6 1 CRS tab in the QGIS Options Dialog o 86 6 2 Projection Dialog E A 87 6 3 Custom CRSDialogD o o o o oooo ooo eee 88 7 1 GRASS data in the alaska LOCATION adapted from Neteler 8 Mitasova 2008 4 91 7 2 Creating anew GRASS LOCATION or a new MAPSET in QGIS A eae 92 7 3 GRASS Digitizing Toolbar aaa aa a 94 7 4 GRASS Digitizing Category Tab 2 eee 96 7 5 GRASS Digitizing Settings Tab o a aa aaa aaa 97 7 6 GRASS Digitizing Symbolog Tab s EN E E E dead 97 7 7 GRASS Digitizing Table Tab D eea a a en ee ect 98 7 8 GRASS Toolbox and searchable Modules List HD 000 cee eee eee 98 7 9 GRASS Toolbox Module Dialogs 2 eee 99 7 10 GRASS Toolbox r contour module Do 101 7 11 GRASS module v generalize to smooth a vector map A 102 7 12 The GRASS shell r shaded relief module A a e af dea oo es 103 7 13 Displaying shaded relief created with the GRASS module r shaded relief Doo 104 7 14 GRASS LOCATION browser dd 105 8 1 Print Composer IN 108 8 2 Print Composer map item tab Map and Extents dialog ins ao a 110 8 3 Print Composer map item tab Grid and General options dialog O eS 111 8 4 Print composer label item tab Label options and General options dialog a 112 8 5 Print composer image item tab Picture options and General options 113 8 6 Print composer legend item tab General Legend item
41. 6 0 User Guide alaska Fields Values cat 0 027786 ze NAME 0 036389 AREA_MI 0 062895 0 064889 0 065038 0 066506 0 067492 A 0 071027 g Search results v xX 0071144 a 0 072581 Found 643 matching feature s CELE 0 075464 A nn777nNA v Sample All W OK Operators lt gt LIKE lt gt E AND OR NOT SQL where clause AREA_MI gt 0 074348 Help Test Clear Save Load Y OK Cancel Figure 3 31 Query Builder A Select by query With QGIS it is possible also to select features using a similar query builder interface to that used in 3 6 In the above section the purpose of the query builder is to only show features meeting the filter criteria as a virtual layer subset The purpose of the select by query function is to highlight all features that meet a particular criteria Select by query can be used with all vector data providers To do a select by query on a loaded layer click on the button Open Table to open the attribute table of the layer Then click the button at the bottom This starts the Query Builder that allows to define a subset of a table and display it as described in Section 3 6 Save selected features as new layer The selected features can be saved as any OGR supported vector format and also transformed into an other Coordinate Reference System CRS Just open the right mouse menu of the layer and click on Save selection as gt to define the name of the output file its format an
42. Alaska location Now load the gtopo30 elevation raster by clicking Add GRASS raster layer and selecting the gtopo30 raster from the demo location Now open the Toolbox with the Open GRASS tools button In the list of tool categories double click Raster L Surface Management L_y Generate vector contour lines Now a single click on the tool r contour will open the tool dialog as explained above 7 9 1 The gtopo30 raster should appear as the Name of input raster gtopo30 Type into the Increment between Contour levels 100 the value 100 This will create contour lines at intervals of 100 meters Type into the Name for output vector map ctour_100 the name ctour_100 Click to start the process Wait for several moments until the message Successfully finished appears in the output window Then click View Output and 100 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 7 9 2 GRASS module examples GRASS Tools alaska demo Modules Tree Modules List Browser Modules Tree Modules List Browser Module r contour Module r contour Options Output Manual Options Output Manual Name of input raster map gtopo30 gtopo30 demo v 11 Number of boundaries 0 Increment between contour levels 100 Number of centroids 0 Minimum contour level Maximum contour level Number of areas 0 5000000 Name for output vector map Number of isles 0 CTA U Successfully finished S h Run Close Ru
43. Attribution Share Alike 3 0 license published by Creative Com mons Corporation a not for profit corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco California as well as future copyleft versions of that license published by that same organization Incorporate means to publish or republish a Document in whole or in part as part of another Document An MMC is eligible for relicensing if it is licensed under this License and if all works that were first published under this License somewhere other than this MMC and subsequently incorporated in whole or in part into the MMC 1 had no cover texts or invariant sections and 2 were thus incorporated prior to November 1 2008 The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the site under CC BY SA on the same site at any time before August 1 2009 provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 195 C 1 Quantum GIS Qt exception for GPL ADDENDUM How to use this License for your documents To use this License in a document you have written include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME Permission is granted to copy distribute and or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License Version 1 3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections no Front Cover
44. B Password H Port G Database Name PhotoPoint_excel a D E Connection Status connected SQL Query K Output Console New Database connection requested Connection to localhost PhotoPoint_excel established Tables gt PhotoPoints Figure 10 10 The eVis Database connection window ay window will be displayed If the query is not successful an error message will appear in the Output Console widow In the Database File Selection window enter the name of the layer that will be created from the results of the query in the Name of New Layer textbox SQL Query Text Window A screen to type SQL queries Run Query Button to execute the query entered in the SQL Query Window Console Window The console window where messages related to processing are displayed Help Displays the on line help OK Closes the main Database Connection window Use the X Coordinate gt and Y Coordinate dropdown menus to select the field from the database that store the X or longitude and Y or latitude coordinates Clicking on the OK button causes the vector layer created from the SQL query to be displayed in the QGIS map window To save this vector file for future use you can use the QGIS Save as command that is accessed by right clicking on the layer name in the QGIS map legend and then selecting Save as shapefile Running predefined queries
45. Confirm your choice by clicking or cancel the delete by clicking 2 10 Live GPS tracking To activate Live GPS tracking in QGIS you need to select View Ly Live GPS tracking gt You will get a new docked Window on the left side of the canvas There are 4 possible screens in this GPS tracking window see Figure 2 7 and Figure 2 8 a A GPS position coordinates and for manually entering Vertices and Features b thn GPS signal strength of satellite connections c ES GPS polar screen showing number and polar position of satellites d Y GPS options screen see Figure 2 8 With a plugged in GPS receiver has to be supported by your operating system a simple click on connects the GPS to QGIS A second click now disconnects the GPS Reciever from you Com puter For GNU Linux gpsd support is integrated to support connection to most GPS receivers Therefore you first have to configure gpsd properly to connect QGIS to it IMPORTANT If you want to record your position to the canvas you have to create a new vector layer first and switch it to editable status to be able to record your track 30 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 2 10 1 Position coordinates GPS Information a amp LO de AS Disconnect GPS Information GPS Information JE I tha ES Connect of das ty Disconnect 0 00 Latitude 0 00 Longitude 0 00 Elevation Add vertex Add feature o a Position coordinates
46. Entering ground control points GCPs 1 To start georeferencing an unreferenced raster we must load it using the button The raster will show up in the main working area of the dialog Once the raster is loaded we can start to enter reference points 2 Using the A Add Point button add points to the main working area and enter their coordinates See Figure 10 19 For this procedure you have two options a Click on a point in the raster image and enter the X and Y coordinates manually b Click on a point in the raster image and choose the button to add the X and Y coordinates with the help of a georeferenced map already loaded in the QGIS map canvas A lt gt c With the button you can move the GCPs in both windows if they are at the wrong place 3 Continue entering points You should have at least 4 points and the more coordinates you can provide the better the result will be There are additional tools on the plugin dialog to zoom and pan the working area in order to locate a relevant set of GCP points a Enter map coordinates DUO S Enter X and Y coordinates DMS dd mm ss ss DD dd dd or projected coordinates Mmmm mm which correspond with the selected point on the image Alternatively click the button with icon of a pencil and then click a corresponding point on map canvas of QGIS to fill in coordinates of that point x lit Snap to background layers From map canvas Cancel F
47. General Legend items and Item option dialog Search directories APTO A EMME ALS mo o Bt FLA BSG TPPA gt Ps LRHAHAD A 2 x FENICIOS E Options Frame color Load Background color Width 30 Opacity Height 30 Outline width Rotation 7 a A 0 30 0 00 Positi Syne from map osition Show frame a Picture options dialog b General options dialog Figure 8 5 Print composer image item tab Picture options and General options 4 the appropriate print composer image General options dialog The General options dialog of the image item tab provides following functionalities see Figure 8 5b Here you can define color and outline width for the element frame set a background color and opacity for the picture The button opens the Set items position dialog and allows to set the map canvas position using reference points or coordinates Furthermore you can select or unselect to display the element frame with the Show frame checkbox 8 4 3 Legend item tab General Legend items and Item option dialog To add a map legend click the Add new legend icon place the element with the left mouse button on the print composer canvas and position and customize their appearance in the legend item tab General dialog The General dialog of the legend item tab provides following functionalities see Figure 8 6a Here yo
48. Interpolation attribute Select attribute column to be used for interpolation or enable the Use Z Coordinate checkbox to use the layers stored Z values Interpolation Method Select interpolation method This can be either Triangulated Irregular Network TIN or Inverse Distance Weighted IDW Number of columns rows Specify the number row and colums for the output raster file Output file Specify a name for the output raster file Interpolation plugin lt Input Output Vector layers elev Interpolation method Triangular interpolation TIN y p p g p Interpolation attribute ELEV Number of columns 998 Number of rows 812 v Jse z Coordinate for interpolation Cellsize X 5000 00000 Cellsize Y 5000 00000 Add j Remove Jil min 2 84614e 06 X max 2 14422e 06 Vector layer Attribute Type Y min 4 35368e 06 Y max 8 41536e 06 Set to current extent Output fle elevation id Cancel Figure 10 23 Interpolation Plugin A 154 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide Using the plugin 1 Start QGIS and load an point vector layer e g elevp csv 2 Load the Interpolation plugin in the Plugin Manager see Section 9 1 1 and click on the Interpolation icon which appears in the QGIS toolbar menu The Interpolation plugin dialog appears as shown in Figure 10 23 3 Select an input layer e g elevp and column e g ELEV for interpolation 4 Select an interpolation method e g Triangular interpolation and specify a cel
49. Item option dialog 113 8 44 Scalebar item tab Scalebar and General options dialog 114 65 Navigation toole AAN 115 8 6 Add Basic shape and Arrow 2 68 o co ooooocs rm ee eee 115 8 7 Add attribute table Values o o ee 116 8 8 Raise lower and align elements e e 117 S9 Greaing GUIDE lt lt errada re AA AA a Be 117 8 10 Saving and loading a print composer layout o 4 117 9 QGIS Plugins 119 Or Managing PUOIS o ea sa ws le we ee da ee ee RD eek Sh be A 119 9 1 1 Loading a Gols Core Pl gin o sa ee ea ee ee a a 119 9 1 2 Loading an external QGIS Plugin 2 000000 eee eee 120 9 1 3 Using the QGIS Python Plugin Installer 0 o e 120 92 Data Providers 24244 006 ebb ed e a e ld e de beeed 122 10 Using QGIS Core Plugins 123 10 1 Coordinate Gapture PUOI 62245 i eee ee Se bee eee ae eee a 124 Wye Decorations PIOQIAS ooo rs aro A eh eed eae le oe a 124 10 21 Copyight Label Pligin lt a a s s e x scs ee a ee ee a 125 10 2 2 North Arow PIIGIA o os eses a a a A k 125 1023 Scale Bar Plugin e ee eee ee eea a aca ee A ee ee 125 10 3 Delimited Text Plugin 2 0 54 5652 644 ee eee eee ee ee ee 126 104 Dxt2Shp Converter Plugin a a ee ee ee eee ee ee 128 10 5 SUIS PMG o ee eae Beeb bbb EEE ERB ROD eee eee eS 128 10 5 1 Event Browser 3 eee edd ee ee doe dada Pee eee hee ee
50. L_ Project Properties gt you set project specific options These include e In the General tab the project title selection and background color layer units precision and the option to save relative paths to layers can be defined In addition the topological editing and layerwise snapping options are set here e The CRS Coordinate Reference System tab enables you to choose the CRS for this project and to enable on the fly reprojection of vector layers when displaying layers from a different CRS e With the third Identifiable layers tab you set or disable which layers will respond to the identify tool See the Map tools paragraph from the 2 7 section to enable identifying of multiple layers 2 6 Output There are several ways to generate output from your QGIS session We have discussed one already in Section 2 5 saving as a project file Here is a sampling of other ways to produce output files e Menu option Save as Image opens a file dialog where you select the name path and type of image PNG or JPG format A world file with extension PNGW or JPGW saved in the same folder georefer ences the image e Menu option gt Print Composer opens a dialog where you can layout and print the current map canvas see Section 8 e The Quick Print plugin allows to print a simple map with minimal effort see Section 10 16 2 7 GU
51. Plugin Installer More information about external plugins are provided in Section 12 9 1 Managing Plugins Managing plugins in general means loading or unloading them using the Plugin Manager External plugins can be installed and directly activated or uninstalled using the Python Plugin Installer To deactivate and reactivate external plugins the Plugin Manager is used again 9 1 1 Loading a QGIS Core Plugin Loading a QGIS Core Plugin is done from the main menu Plugins L Manage Plugins QGIS Plugin Manager x To enable disable a plugin click its checkbox or description z Add Delimited Text Layer a Loads and displays delimited text files containing x y coordinates Coordinate Capture Capture mouse coordinates in different CRS CopyrightLabel Draws copyright information Diagram Overlay A plugin for placing diagrams on vector layers 5 Dxf2Shp Converter 14 Filter Plugin Directory home cfarmer apps qgis lib qgis Select All Clear All cancer ok Figure 9 1 Plugin Manager The Plugin Manager lists all the available plugins and their status loaded or unloaded including all core plugins and all external plugins that have been installed and automatically activated using the Python Plugin 119 9 1 Managing Plugins Installer see Section 12 Those plugins that are already loaded have a check mark to the left of their name Figure 9 1 sh
52. QGIS you need to enable the MapServer Export Plugin first using the Plugin Manager see Section 9 1 1 Map file Enter the name for the map file to be created You can use the button at the right to browse for the directory where you want the map file created Qgis project file Enter the full path to the QGIS project file qgs you want to export You can use the button at the right to browse for the QGIS project file 156 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 10 11 2 Creating the Map File MapServer Export Save project to MapFile y Use current project home dassau qgis_project qgs Browse Map file Map file mapfile map Save As LAYER information only Map Name QGIS MAP Image type agg Width 100 Height 100 Units meters v MapServer url http localhost cgi bin mapserv Paths Symbolset symbols symbols bd Fontset Ifonts fonts bd Header Browse Footer Browse Layer label options v Force y Anti alias v Partials Help OK Cancel Figure 10 26 Export to MapServer Dialog Map Name A name for the map This name is prefixed to all images generated by the mapserver Map Width Width of the output image in pixels Map Height Height of the output image in pixels Map Units Units of measure used for output Image type Format for the output image generated by MapServer Web Template Full path to the MapServer template file to be used with the map file Web Header Full path to the MapServer header file to be u
53. SPIT plugin Use the PostGIS command line interface to issue the following command this is an example where TABLE is the actual name of your PostGIS table gis_data update TABLE set the_geom ST_shift_longitude the_geom If everything went right you should receive a confirmation about the number of features that were up dated then you ll be able to load the map and see the difference Figure 3 5 3 3 SpatiaLite Layers E The first time you load data from a SpatiaLite database begin by clicking on the e Add SpatiaLite Layer toolbar button or by selecting the amp Add SpatiaLite Layer option from the Layer menu or by typing L This will bring up a window which will allow you to either connect to a SpatiaLite database already known to QGIS which you can choose from the dropdown menu or to define a new connection to a new database To define a new connection click on and use the file browser to point to your SpatiaLite database which is a file with a sqlite extension Phttp postgis refractions net documentation manual 1 4 ST_Shift_Longitude html 40 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 3 4 The Vector Properties Dialog The Layer Properties dialog for a vector layer provides information about the layer symbology settings and labeling options If your vector layer has been loaded from a PostgreSQL PostGIS datastore you can also alter the underlying SQL for the layer by invoking t
54. User Guide g Quantum GIS 1 4 0 Enceladus 28 E Layer labeling settings gt o0 Q File Edit View Layer Settings Plugins Help Gianna Dannds BCC BR DARA He Fea wn aes Y De Bon BEA Ha Lora SODBBFHRIAC WIS Placement Layers ox ee malrivora gt over centroid NW around certroid Label distance 0 pixels Y hr airports L horizontal slow Y aes free slow Rotation 0 6 degrees alaska e mina y Text style Priority Font Sans Serif 8 Low _ High color MN Scale based visibility Buffer Size 1 Color _ Enabled Lorem Ipsum Minimum MITA Overview Sample Maximum M A E _ label every part of multi part features N L merge connectec lines to avold duplicate labels E __ features don t actas obstacles for labels Engine settings Y Coordinate 1565333 4671852 Scale 70603441903 Lv Render ha UES Becu Quantum GIS 1 4 0 Enceladus IES Layerlabeling settings gt File Edt View Layer Settings Plugins Help daada BRE PER DARA P 4K OP ADB O KEONDOBEROC Oe Label this layer Field with labels NAME v Placement Layers ee e majrivers around point Label distance 0 pixels lakes _ over point Rotation 0 degrees y alaska a Text style Priority Font Sans Serif 8 Low _ High Color MN Buffer v Size 4 Color Scale based visibility _ Enabled Lorem Ipsum Minimum 1 E Overview Sample Maximum 10000000 9 E label every part of multi part featur
55. alaska and click Define the projection by clicking on the radio button e Projection to enable the projection list We are using Albers Equal Area Alaska feet projection Since we happen to know that it is represented by the EPSG ID 2964 we enter it in the search box Note If you want to repeat this process for another LOCATION and projection and haven t memorized the EPSG ID click on the icon in the lower right hand corner of the status bar see Section 6 3 Click to select the projection 10 11 Click To define the default region we have to enter the LOCATION bounds in north south east and west direction Here we simply click on the button to apply the extend of the loaded layer alaska shp as the GRASS default region extend Click We also need to define a MAPSET within our new LOCATION You can name it whatever you like we used demo 2 Check out the summary to make sure it s correct and click The new LOCATION alaska and two MAPSETs demo and PERMANENT are created The currently opened working set is MAPSET demo as you defined Notice that some of the tools in the GRASS toolbar that were disabled are now enabled If that seemed like a lot of steps it s really not all that bad and a very quick way to create a LOCATION The LOCATION alaska is now ready for data import see Section 7 4 You can also use the already existing vector and raster data in the sample GRASS LOCATION alaska included
56. are working on To delete a complete feature another tool has to be used Moving vertex Select all vertices you want to move All selected vertices are moving in the same direction as the cursor If snapping is enabled the whole selection can jump to the nearest vertex or line The button stores all changes and a new entry appears in the undo dialog Remember that all operations support topological editing when turned on On the fly projection is also supported Cutting Copying and Pasting Features Selected features can be cut copied and pasted between layers in the same QGIS project as long as desti nation layers are set to Toggle editing beforehand Features can also be pasted to external applications as text That is the features are represented in CSV format with the geometry data appearing in the OGC Well Known Text WKT format However in this version of QGIS text features from outside QGIS cannot be pasted to a layer within QGIS When would the copy and paste function come in handy Well it turns out that you can edit more than one layer at a time and copy paste features between layers Why would we want to do this Say we need to do some work on a new layer but only need one or two lakes not the 5 000 on our big_lakes layer We can create a new layer and use copy paste to plop the needed lakes into it As an example we are copying some lakes to a new layer Load the layer you want to copy from source layer Lo
57. available Discrete Linear Exact The button adds a color to the individual color table Double Clicking on the value column lets you inserting a specific value Double clicking on the color column opens the dialog Select color where you can select a color to apply on that value Alternatively you can click on the button Load colormap from Band which tries to load the table from the band if it has any The block Generate new color map allows you to create newly categorized colormaps You only need to select the number of classes 15 you need and press the button Classify Currently only one Classification mode Equal Interval v is supported 4 3 4 General Tab The General tab displays basic information about the selected raster including the layer source and display name in the legend which can be modified This tab also shows a thumbnail of the layer its legend symbol and the palette Additionally scale dependent visability can be set in this tab You need to check the checkbox and set an appropriate scale where your data will be displayed in the map canvas Also the spatial reference system is printed here as a PROJ 4 string This can be modified by hitting the 74 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 4 3 5 Metadata Tab button 4 3 5 Metadata Tab The Metadata tab displays a wealth of information about the raster layer including statistics about each band
58. be treated as NODATA This can be done manually or with the he Add values from display icon An even more flexible way to customize the transparency can be done in the Custom transparency options section The transparency of every pixel can be set in this tab As an example we want to set the water of our example rasterfile Landcover tif to a transparency of 20 The following steps are neccessary 1 Load the rasterfile Landcover 2 Open the properties dialog by double clicking on the rasterfile name in the legend or by right clicking and choosing Properties gt from the popup meun 3 select the Transparency tab 4 Click the Add values manually button A new row will appear in the pixel list 5 enter the raster value we use 0 here and adjust the transparency to 20 6 press the Apply button and have a look at the map You can repeat the steps 4 and 5 to adjust more values with custom transparency As you can see this is quite easy to set custom transparency but it can be quite a lot of work Therefore you can use the button Export to file to save your transparency list to a file The button Import from file loads your transparency settings and applies them to the current rasterlayer 4 3 3 Colormap The Colormap tab is only available when you have selected a single band rendering within the tab Symbology see chapt 4 3 1 Three ways of color interpolation are
59. be used to export data to a mapfile and to publish them on the Internet using a webserver with UMN MapServer installed QGIS can also be used as a WMS or WFS client and as WMS server Extend QGIS functionality through plugins QGIS can be adapted to your special needs with the extensible plugin architecture QGIS provides libraries that can be used to create plugins You can even create new applications with C or Python Core Plugins 1 Add Delimited Text Layer Loads and displays delimited text files containing x y coordinates Coordinate Capture Capture mouse coordinates in different CRS Decorations Copyright Label North Arrow and Scale bar Diagram Overlay Placing diagrams on vector layer Dxf2Shp Converter Convert DXF to Shape af WO DY 2 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide CoN O 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Features GPS Tools Loading and importing GPS data GRASS GRASS GIS integration Georeferencer GDAL Adding projection information to raster using GDAL Interpolation plugin interpolate based on vertices of a vector layer Mapserver Export Export QGIS project file to a MapServer map file OGR Layer Converter Translate vector layer between formats OpenStreetMap plugin Viewer and editor for openstreetmap data Oracle Spatial GeoRaster support Python Plugin Installer Download and install QGIS python plugins Quick Print Print a map with minimal effort Raster terrain a
60. be used to open the file It is also necessary to have the path or URL to the file in the attribute table for the vector layer One additional rule that can be used for URLs that don t contain a file extension for the document you want to open is to specify the file extension before the URL The format is file extension URL The URL is preceded by the file extension and a colon and is particularly useful for accessing documents from Wikis and other web sites that use a database to manage the web pages see Table 10 2 Using the Generic Event Browser When the Event Browser window opens a photograph will appear in the display window if the document referenced in the vector file attribute table is an image and if the file location information in the Options window is properly set If a photograph is expected and it does not appear it will be necessary to adjust the parameters in the Options window If a supporting document or an image that does not have a file extension recognized by eVis is referenced in the attribute table the field containing the file path will be highlighted in green in the attribute information window if that file extension is defined in the file reference table located in the Configure External Applications window To open the document double click on the green highlighted line in the attribute information window If a supporting document is referenced in the attribute information window and the file path is not highlighted in
61. binary using the Appli cations menu f az Start QGIS using the Start menu or desktop shortcut or double click on a QGIS project file X Double click the icon in your Applications folder g Quantum GIS oo co File Edit View Layer Settings Plugins Vector Help aa A Te o jp A Layers ax v lakes E v E gt landcover Overview ax ower gashik Lake Ea z a Coordinate 198250 4019780 Scale 1 273378396421 v Render k Figure 1 1 A Simple QGIS Session A Load raster and vector layers from the sample dataset 1 Click on the Load Raster icon 2 Browse to the folder QGIS _sample_data raster select the ERDAS Img file landcover img and click 3 If the file is not listed check if the Filetype combobox at the bottom of the dialog is set on the right type in this case Erdas Imagine Images img IMG 10 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 4 Now click on the 2 Load Vector icon 5 e File should be selected as Source Type in the new Add Vector Layer dialog Now click to select the vector layer 6 Browse to the folder QGIS _sample_data gm1 select GML from the filetype combobox then select the GML file lakes gm1 and click then in Add Vector dialog click l 7 Zoom in a bit to your favorite area with some lakes 8 Double click the lakes layer in the map legend to open the Layer Properties dialog 9 Click on the Symbology tab and
62. browser to retrieve the same images that QGIS uses internally This can be useful for troubleshooting as there are several brands of WMS servers in the market and they all have their own interpretation of the WMS standard WMS layers can be added quite simply as long as you know the URL to access the WMS server you have a serviceable connection to that server and the server understands HTTP as the data transport mechanism 5 2 2 Selecting WMS Servers The first time you use the WMS feature there are no servers defined You can begin by clicking the Add WMS layer button inside the toolbar or through the Layer LL Add WMS Layer menu 77 5 2 WMS Client The dialog Add Layer s from a Server for adding layers from the WMS server pops up Fortunately you can add some servers to play with by clicking the Add default servers button This will add at least three WMS servers for you to use including the NASA JPL WMS server To define a new WMS server in the Layers select Then enter the parameters to connect to your desired WMS server as listed in table 5 1 Name A name for this connection This name will be used in the Server Con nections drop down box so that you can distinguish it from other WMS Servers URL URL of the server providing the data This must be a resolvable host name the same format as you would use to open a telnet connection or pi
63. by pressing the button After that double click into the just created URL field and enter the URL you would like to exclude from using the proxy Obviously the button removes the selected entry If you need more detailed information about the different proxy settings please refer to the man ual of the unterlaying QT library documentation at http doc trolltech com 4 5 qnetworkproxy html ProxyType enum QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 27 2 8 Annotation Tools gZ Options OOO E amp SVG pa v Use proxy for web access P Host localhost Port 64609 Map tools User i a Password Proxy type DefaultProxy Overlay Exclude URLs starting with Digitizing Add Remove Cache settings CRS L Locale Directory home dassau qgis cache Size 51200 Clear a WMS search address _http geopole org wms search search 1 amp type rss Network amp EAS a Timeout for network requests ms 60000 E Help e OK Cancel Figure 2 4 Proxy settings in QGIS A QGIS Tip 7 USING PROXIES Using proxies can sometimes be tricky It is useful to trial and error the above proxy types and check if they succeed in your case You can modify the options according to your needs Some of the changes may require a restart of QGIS before they will be effective e A settings are saved in a texfile HOME config QuantumGIS qgis conf X you can find your settings in HOME Library Preferences org qgis qgis plist Py e
64. change to an arrow with an i on top of it signifying that the ID tool is active To view the photographs linked to vector features in the active vector layer displayed in the QGIS map window move the Event ID cursor over the feature and then click the mouse After clicking on the feature the Generic Event Browser window is opened and the photographs on or near the clicked locality are available for display in the browser If more than one photograph is available you can cycle through the different features using 132 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 10 5 3 Database connection the Previous and Next buttons The other controls are described in the Event Browser section of this guide 10 5 3 Database connection The Database Connection module provides tools to connect to and query a database or other ODDBC re source such as a spreadsheet eVis can directly connect to four types of databases Microsoft Access PostgreSQL MySQL SQLITE and can also read from ODBC connections When reading from an ODBC database such as an Excel spread sheet it is necessary to configure your ODBC driver for the operating system you are using Launch the Database Connection module To launch the Database Connection module either click on the appropriate icon m O or click on Plugins L eVis gt L_ Database Connection gt This will launch the Database Connection window The window has three tabs Predefined Queries Databa
65. click the icon in your Applications folder If you need to start QGIS in a shell run path to installation executable Contents MacOS Qgis P To stop QGIS click the menu options Ad File X QGIS Quit or use the shortcut Ctrl Q 2 1 1 Command Line Options A QGIS supports a number of options when started from the command line To get a list of the options enter qgis help on the command line The usage statement for QGIS is qgis help Quantum GIS 1 5 0 Tethys Tethys exported Quantum GIS QGIS is a viewer for spatial data sets including raster and vector data Usage qgis options FILES options snapshot filename emit snapshot of loaded datasets to given file width width width of snapshot to emit height height height of snapshot to emit lang language use language for interface text project projectfile load the given QGIS project extent xmin ymin xmax ymax set initial map extent nologo hide splash screen noplugins don t restore plugins on startup optionspath path use the given QSettings path configpath path use the given path for all user configuration help this text FILES Files specified on the command line can include rasters vectors and QGIS project files qgs 1 Rasters Supported formats include GeoTiff DEM and others supported by GDAL 2 Vectors Supported formats include ESRI Shapefiles 13 2 2 QGIS GUI and others supported by OGR and Postgr
66. code Installation on external media QGIS allows to define a configpath option that overrides the default path e g qgis under Linux for user configuration and forces QSettings to use this directory too This allows users to e g carry a QGIS installation on a flash drive together with all plugins and settings 1 4 Sample Data The user guide contains examples based on the QGIS sample dataset Ry The Windows installer has an option to download the QGIS sample dataset If checked the data will be downloaded to your My Documents folder and placed in a folder called GIS Database You may use Windows Explorer to move this folder to any convenient location If you did not select the checkbox to install the sample dataset during the initial QGIS installation you can either use GIS data that you already have download the sample data from the qgis website at http qgis osgeo org download or uninstall QGIS and reinstall with the data download option checked only if the above solutions are unsuccessful A X For GNU Linux and Mac OSX there are not yet dataset installation packages available as rpm deb or dmg To use the sample dataset download the file QGIS _sample_data as ZIP or TAR archive from http download osgeo org qgis data and unzip or untar the archive on your system The Alaska dataset includes all GIS data that are used as examples and screenshots in the user guide and also includes a small GRASS database Th
67. combined work In the combination you must combine any sections Entitled History in the various original documents form ing one section Entitled History likewise combine any sections Entitled Acknowledgements and any sec tions Entitled Dedications You must delete all sections Entitled Endorsements 6 COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects You may extract a single document from such a collection and distribute it individually under this License provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document 7 AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium is called an aggregate if the copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the compilation s users beyond what the individual works permit When the Document is included in an aggregate this License does not apply to the other works in th
68. conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License 7 If as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and 188 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free soft
69. creation dialog allows to create multiple layers without closing the dialog when you click Apply 3 5 6 Working with the Attribute Table The attribute table displays features of a selected layer Each row in the table represents one map feature with its attributes shown in several columns The features in the table can be searched selected moved or even edited To open the attribute table for a vector layer make the layer active by clicking on it in the map legend area Then use Layer from the main menu and and choose Open Attribute Table from the menu It is also possible to rightlick on the layer and choose Open Attribute Table from the dropdown menu This will open a new window which displays the attributes for every feature in the layer figure 3 30 The number of features are shown in the attribute table title Selecting features in an attribute table A selected row in the attribute table represents all attributes of a selected feature in the layer The attribute table reflects any changes in the layer selection in the main window and vice versa A changed selection in the attribute table also causes a change in the selected feature set in the main window and different layer feature selection means different rows are to be selected Rows can be selected by clicking on the row number on the left side of the row Selecting a row doesn t change the current cursor position Multiple
70. deletion Once you have the selection set use the Delete Selected tool to delete the features The Cut Features tool on the digitizing toolbar can also be used to delete features This effectively deletes the feature but also places it on a spatial clipboard So we cut the feature to delete We could then use the paste tool to put it back giving us a one level undo capability Cut copy and paste work on the currently selected features meaning we can operate on more than one at a time QGIS Tip 19 FEATURE DELETION SUPPORT When editing ESRI shapefiles the deletion of features only works if QGIS is linked to a GDAL version 1 3 2 or greater The OS X and Windows versions of QGIS available from the download site are built using GDAL 1 3 2 or higher Saving Edited Layers When a layer is in editing mode any changes remain in the memory of QGIS Therefore they are not com mitted saved immediately to the data source or disk If you want to save edits to the current layer but want to continue editing without leaving the editing mode you can click the Save Edits button When you turn editing mode off with the Toggle editing or quit QGIS for that matter you are also asked if you want to save your changes or discard them If the changes cannot be saved e g disk full or the attributes have values that are out of range the QGIS in memory state is preserved This allows you to adjust your edits and try again QGIS T
71. description of each function For further information on an individual fTools function please click the fTools Information gt menu item in the Vector menu y 38 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide Analysis tools available via the fTools plugin Icon Tool Purpose Distance Matrix Measure distances between two point layers and output results as a Square distance matrix b Linear distance matrix or c Summary of distances Can limit distances to the k nearest features Sum line length Calculate the total sum of line lengths for each polygon of a polygon vector layer Points in polygon Count the number of points that occur in each polygon of an input polygon vector layer jee z mos List unique values List all unique values in an input vector layer field Basic statistic Compute basic statistics mean std dev N sum CV on an input field 18 Nearest Neighbor Compute nearest neighbour statistics to assess the level cc analysis of clustering in a point vector layer aa M Compute either the normal or weighted mean center of an oes ean coordi ti tar ltiole f based wee nate s entire vector layer or multiple eatures based on a unique ID field de Locate intersections between lines and output results as Y Line intersections a point shapefile Useful for locating road or stream inter sections ignores line intersections with l
72. even more slowly Open the GRASS toolbox and double click the categories Vector L Develop map L Generalization then click on the v generalize module to open its options window Check that the ctour_100 vector appears as the Name of input vector ctour_100 From the list of algorithms choose Chaiken s Leave all other options at their default and scroll down to the last row to enter the Name for output vector map ctour_100_smooth and click The process takes several moments Once Successfully finished appears in the output windows QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 101 7 9 The GRASS toolbox click View output and then close You may change the color of the vector to display it clearly on the raster background and to contrast with the original contour lines You will notice that the new contour lines have smoother corners than the original while staying faithful to the original overall shape Quantum GIS 1 2 0 Daphnis File Edit View Layer Settings Plugins Tools Help jJsaea2ea4sRe R e er UR Mm st uN Foe QnoPaBor7FODBBHOESK m Y Layers o x LESA gt ctour_100_smooth 5 k ctour_100 v amp gtopo30 Overview BW o Bi mea ODAPLLYHG 1285135504738 Scale 129179536977 Y v Render k A Figure 7 11 GRASS module v generalize to smooth a vector map QGIS Tip 42 OTHER USES FOR R CONTOUR The procedure describe
73. field calculator including field concatenation row counter etc Added configpath option that overrides the default path qgis for user configuration and forces QSet tings to use this directory too This allows users to e g carry QGIS installation on a flash drive together with all plugins and settings Experimental WFS T support Additionally ported wfs to network manager Georeferencer has had many tidy ups and improvements QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 3 Foreword Support for long int in attribute dialog and editor The QGIS Mapserver project has been incorporated into the main SVN repository and packages are being made available QGIS Mapserver allows you to serve your QGIS project files via the OGC WMS protocol Select and measure toolbar flyouts and submenus Support has been added for non spatial tables currently OGR delimited text and PostgreSQL providers These tables can be used for field lookups or just generally browsed and edited using the table view Added search string support for feature ids id and various other search related improvements Added reload method to map layers and provider interface Like this caching providers currently WMS and WFS can synchronize with changes in the datasource Table of contents TOC improvements Added a new option to the raster legend menu that will stretch the current layer using the min and max pixel values of the current extent Wh
74. green then it will be necessary to add an entry for the file s filename extension in the Configure External Applications window If the file path is highlighted in green but does not open when double clicked it will be necessary to adjust the parameters in the Options window so the file can be located by eVis If no compass bearing is provided in the Options window a red asterisk will be displayed on top of the vector feature that is associated with the photograph being displayed If a compass bearing is provided then an arrow will appear pointing in the direction indicated by the value in the compass bearing display field in the Generic Event Browser window The arrow will be centered over the point that is associated with the photograph or other document To close the Generic Event Browser window click on the Close button from the Display window 10 5 2 Event ID Tool The Event ID module allows you to display a photograph by clicking on a feature displayed in the QGIS map window The vector feature must have attribute information associated with it to describe the location and name of the file containing the photograph and optionally the compass direction the camera was pointed when the image was acquired This layer must be loaded into QGIS before running the Event ID tool Launch the Event ID module To launch the Event ID module either click on the EventID icon or click on Ly eVis L Event ID Tool gt This will cause the cursor to
75. i 71 4 3 Raster Properties Dialog 22625 eee ee eR ee eee 72 Ast Symbology Tab ave eee a hae oe Lata AA e eww 72 43 2 Transparent TaD saa cima eae eae abe eeee dws det Pewee a ee 73 AE AI ee a a Oe PO eee PAS 74 434 General Tab lt lt lt wee www ee eee eee oo EAE Ee ee ee ee es 74 43 5 Metadata Tab sce eee Ra a ee ee ae alae ee 75 ADE Pyramide TD sos BO Peace dE ee a AE AA al ate 75 43 7 AN 75 4 4 Raster Calculator a naaa aaa a a a a 75 Working with OGC Data 77 El What DOCE ces aep a e boten a eee ee eee eee wa 77 Be WMS QUO crecida a A A bd eee eae 77 5 2 1 Overview of WMS Support e aaa aa e D a a a 77 5 2 2 Selecting WMS Servers o e aaa 77 52 3 Leading WMS Layers o es cee ep ek Pe twee bee AA 78 5 2 4 Server Search o 80 Dee RR AAA 81 5 2 6 USO the ldentify Tool 2 a a A 81 5 2 7 WMS Client Limitations o e o 82 53 A 82 54 WES and WES T Client coccion a AA a aa 83 Working with Projections 85 6 1 Overview of Projection Support o e 85 62 lt Speciiding a Projeclon s s sa des asmoa i A A a 85 6 3 Define On The Fly OTF Projection a a aa aaa a 86 6 4 Custom Coordinate Reference System 0 0000 cee ee 87 GRASS GIS Integration 89 FA Startingthe GRASS plugin s s cema eee ee ees 89 7 2 Loading GRASS raster and vector layers 1 2 ee 89 7 8 GRASS LOCATION and MAPSET 2 nce kee ee eee eee 90 7 3 1 Creating a new GRASS LOCATION o
76. in duration to use that work under the conditions stated herein The Document below refers to any such manual or work Any member of the public is a licensee and is addressed as you You accept the license if you copy modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright law A Modified Version of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it either copied verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language A Secondary Section is a named appendix or a front matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document s overall subject or to related matters and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject Thus if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters or of legal commercial philosophical ethical or political position regarding them The Invariant Sections are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated as being those of Invariant Sections in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant The Document may contain zero Invariant Sectio
77. in the QGIS alaska dataset 1 4 and move on to Section 7 5 2When creating a new LOCATION GRASS automatically creates a special MAPSET called PERMANENT designed to store the core data for the project its default spatial extend and coordinate system definitions Neteler amp Mitasova 2008 4 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 91 7 4 Importing data into a GRASS LOCATION kd Daw ulagaa PEO TEEN GRASS Location Location Select location spearfish60 y e Create new location alaska The GRASS location is a collection of maps for a particular territory or project lt Back Cancel Figure 7 2 Creating a new GRASS LOCATION or a new MAPSET in QGIS A 7 3 2 Adding a new MAPSET A user has only write access to a GRASS MAPSET he created This means that besides access to his own MAPSET each user can read maps in other user s MAPSETs but he can modify or remove only the maps in his own MAPSET All MAPSETs include a WIND file that stores the current boundary coordinate values and the currently selected raster resolution Neteler amp Mitasova 2008 4 see Section 7 8 1 2 3 Start QGIS and make sure the GRASS plugin is loaded In the GRASS toolbar click on the icon to bring up the MAPSET wizard Select the GRASS database GISDBASE folder grassdata with the LOCATION alaska where we want to add a further MAPSET called test 4 Click We can use this wizard to create a new MAPSET within an existing LOCATION o
78. in the list of file types when loading a vector or raster into QGIS Other untested formats can be loaded by selecting A 1 OGR Vector Formats At the date of this document the following formats are supported by the OGR library 5 A complete is also available at http www gdal org ogr ogr_formats html e Arc Info Binary Coverage e Comma Separated Value csv e DODS OPeNDAP e ESRI Personal GeoDatabase ESRI ArcSDE ESRI Shapefile FMEObjects Gateway e GeoJSON Geoconcept Export e GeoRSS e GML e GMT e GPX e GRASS Vector Informix DataBlade INTERLIS e IHO S 57 ENC Mapinfo File Microstation DGN e OGDI Vectors e ODBC e Oracle Spatial e PostgreSQL e SDTS e SQLite e UK NTF e U S Census TIGER Line e VRT Virtual Datasource TGRASS support is supplied by the QGIS GRASS data provider plugin 2QGIS implements its own PostgreSQL functions OGR should be built without PostgreSQL support 181 A 2 GDAL Raster Formats e X Plane Flighgear aeronautical data A 2 GDAL Raster Formats At the date of this document the following formats are supported by the GDAL library 1 A complete is also available at http www gdal org formats_list html e Arc Info ASCII Grid e ADRG ARC Digitilized Raster Graphics Arc Info Binary Grid adf Magellan BLX Topo blx xlb Microsoft Windows Device Independent Bitmap bmp e BSB Nautical Chart Format kap VTP Binary Terrain Format bt e CEOS Spo
79. is performed The new polygon will immediately appear on the map Polygon with less than three members cannot be created In such case operation is ignored Snapping is performed to all map vertexes points from Point vector layer and all Line and Polygon members Snapping can be disabled by holding the Ctrl key 166 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 10 14 6 Editing relations Map feature moving If you want to move a feature no matter what type please use the button from the OSM Feature widget menu Then you can browse the map features are identified dynamically when you go over them and click on the feature you want to move If a wrong feature is selected after your click don t move it from the place Repeat right clicking until the correct feature is identified When selection is done and you move the cursor you are no more able to change your decision what to move To confirm the move click on the left mouse button To cancel a move click another mouse button If you are moving a feature that is connected to another features these connections won t be damaged Other features will just adapt themselves to a new position of a moved feature Snapping is also supported in this operation this means When moving a standalone not part of any line polygon point snapping to all map segments and vertices is performed When moving a point that is a member of some lines polygons snapping to all map segments and vertices is performed e
80. item content icon and move the layers within the map element frame with the left mouse button After you found the right place for an element you can lock the element position within the print composer canvas Select the map element and click on the right mouse button to the element position and again to unlock the element You can lock the map element also activating the Lock layers for map item checkbox in the Map dialog of the Map Item tab Note QGIS 1 6 0 is now able to show labels from the new labeling plugin also in the map composer but it is not yet scaled correctly So it might be necessary to switch back to the standard labeling in some cases 8 3 1 Map item tab Map and Extents dialog Map dialog The Map dialog of the map item tab provides following functionalities see Figure 8 2a The Preview area allows to define the preview modes Rectangle Cache and Render as described above Click on the Update preview button to apply changes to the map view The Map area allows to resize the map element specifying the width and height or the scale The Rotation field allows to rotate the map element content clockwise in degrees Note a coor dinate frame can only be added with the default value 0 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 109 8 3 Adding a current QGIS map canvas to the Print Composer Preview Cache Update preview Width 141 Height 96 Scale 1563023 Rotation 0 4 Lock
81. layers Figure 10 39 OSM import message dialog A In such case there is no vector layer currently loaded The import must be d one from a loaded layer please 170 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide load a vector layer from which you want to import data After a layer is opened your second try should give you a better result don t forget to mark the current OSM layer again Import data to OSM In this dialog you can import a layer loaded in QGIS into active OSM data Layer _ Import only current selection Figure 10 40 Import data to OSM dialog A Use the submit dialog to start the process of OSM data importing Reject it if you are not sure you want to import something 10 15 Raster Terrain Modelling Plugin The Raster Terrain Modelling plugin can be used to calculate the slope aspect ruggedness and total cur vature for digital elevation models DEM It is very simple to handle and provides an intiuitive graphical user interface for creating new raster layers See Figure 10 41 The plugin requires the following parameters to be specified before running Analysis Can be one of slope aspect ruggedness or total curvature Input layer Specify the input raster from a list of loaded raster layers Output layer Specify a name and path for the output raster file Output format Specify a format type for the output raster file Default is GeoTiff Slope Calculates slope angle for each cell in degrees base
82. line and that s not enough to propagate changes to the OSM database correctly The Line layer does also not know the identifiers of the line members The same problem occurs when you try to edit the Polygon layer For this reason the OSM plugin need its own tools for editing OSM data While they are used the OSM layers can be changed correctly The Plugin editing tools consists of tools for Point Line Polygon and Relation creation deletion and moving Note To create a connection between the OSM plugin and standard editing tools changes in QuantumGIS core code would be necessary 10 14 1 Installation The OpenStreetMap plugin is a core plugin inside QGIS If you have python support enabled the Open StreetMap plugin can be selected in the Plugin Manager as described in section 9 1 1 10 14 2 Basic user interface The first time the OSM plugin is started and after the first data are loaded several new OSM plugin icons appear in the QGIS toolbar menu together with new graphical components as shown in Figure 10 32 ee OSM Feature 091115 130712 downloade Y HCD Y 081115 130712 downloade Y 091115 130712 downloade TYPE ID CREATED USER Properties Relations OSM Exit History Coordinate 14 43130150 077835 scale 12335 v Render ig Figure 10 32 OSM plugin user interface OSM Features widget The OSM Feature widget helps to identify OSM features It shows basic informatio
83. machine While Oracle is proprietary software they provide their software free for development and testing purposes Here is one simple example of how to load raster images to GeoRaster gdal_translate of georaster input_file tif geor scott tiger orcl This will load the raster into the default GDAL_IMPORT table as a column named RASTER 10 13 1 Managing connections Firstly the Oracle GeoRaster Plugin must be enabled using the Plugin Manager see Section 9 1 1 The first time you load a GeoRaster in QGIS you must create a connection to the Oracle database that contains the data To do this begin by clicking on the Select GeoRaster toolbar button it will open the Select Ora cle Spatial GeoRaster dialog window Click on to open the dialog window and specify the connection parameters See Figure 10 29 Name Enter a name for the database connection Database instance Enter the name of the database that you will connect to Username Specify your own username that you will use to access the database QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 159 10 13 Oracle GeoRaster Plugin Password The password associated with your username that is required to access the database IN EA ES ION IA g Create Oracle Connection v x Name example Database instance orcl Username scott Password c oo Y Save Password Figure 10 29 Create Oracle connection dialog A Now back on the main Oracle Spatial GeoRaster dialog win
84. map item tab Grid and General options dialog A map canvas position using reference points or coordinates Furthermore you can select or unselect to display the element frame with the Show frame checkbox 8 4 Adding other elements to the Print Composer Besides adding a current QGIS map canvas to the Print Composer it is also possible to add position move and customize legend scalebar images and label elements 8 4 1 Label item tab Label and General options dialog To add a label click the Add label icon place the element with the left mouse button on the print composer canvas and position and customize their appearance in the label item tab QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 111 8 4 Adding other elements to the Print Composer Label Frame color Background color Alaska Airports Opacity Outline width Font sae Font color Position Horizontal Alignment x Show frame Left e Center Right Vertical Alignment Top e Middle Bottom Margin mm 1 00 gt a label options dialog b general options dialog Figure 8 4 Print composer label item tab Label options and General options dialog A Label dialog The Label dialog of the label item tab provides following functionalities see Figure 8 4a The Label dialog offers to add text labels to the composer canvas You can define the horizontal and vertical alignment select font and fontcolor for the text and it is possible to define a te
85. of more all modules in the GRASS toolbox in future versions of QGIS This allows to use the complete GRASS module options without the need to switch to the GRASS Shell Output The Output tab provides information about the output status of the module When you click the button the module switches to the Output tab and you see information about the analysis process If all works well you will finally see a Successfully finished message Manual The Manual tab shows the HTML help page of the GRASS module You can use it to check further module parameters and flags or to get a deeper knowledge about the purpose of the module At the end of each module manual page you see further links to the Main Help index the Thematic index andthe Full index These links provide the same information as if you use the module g manual QGIS Tip 40 DISPLAY RESULTS IMMEDIATELY If you want to display your calculation results immediately in your map canvas you can use the View Output button at the bottom of the module tab 7 9 2 GRASS module examples The following examples will demonstrate the power of some of the GRASS modules Creating contour lines The first example creates a vector contour map from an elevation raster DEM Assuming you have the Alaska LOCATION set up as explained in Section 7 4 First open the location by clicking the ax Open mapset button and choosing the
86. on line help OK Closes the main Database Connection window XML format for eVis predefined queries Table 10 3 The XML tags read by eVis Tag Description query Defines the beginning and end of a query statement shortdescription A short description of the query that appears in the eVis dropdown menu description A more detailed description of the query displayed in the Predefined Query text window databasetype The database type as defined in the Database Type dropdown menu in the Database Connection tab databaseport The port as defined in the Port textbox in the Database Connection tab databasename The database name as defined in the Database Name textbox in the Database Connection tab databaseusername The database username as defined in the Username textbox in the Database Connection tab databasepassword The database password as defined in the Password textbox in the Database Connection tab sqlstatement The SQL command autoconnect A flag true or false to specify if the above tags should be used to automat ically connect to database without running the database connection routine in the Database Connection tab A complete sample XML file with three queries is displayed below lt xml version 1 0 gt lt doc gt lt query gt lt shortdescription gt Import all photograph points lt shortdescription gt lt description gt This command will imp
87. or e Map units Click Apply to see your changes without closing the dialog Things are looking better but the labels are still too close to the marker To fix this we can use the options on the Position entry Here we can add offsets for the X and Y directions Adding an X offset of 5 will move our labels off the marker and make them more readable Of course if your marker symbol or font is larger more of an offset will be required The last adjustment we ll make is to Buffer the labels This just means putting a backdrop around them to make them stand out better To buffer the lakes labels 1 Bb 0 PY 5 Click the tab Click the Buffer Labels checkbox to enable buffering Choose a size for the buffer using the spin box Choose a color by clicking on Color and choosing your favorite from the color selector You can also set some transparency for the buffer if you prefer Click Apply to see if you like the changes If you aren t happy with the results tweak the settings and then test again by clicking Apply A buffer of 1 points seems to give a good result Notice you can also specify the buffer size in map units if that works out better for you The remaining entries inside the Label tab allow you control the appearance of the labels using attributes QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 49 3 4 The Vector Properties Dialog stored in the layer The entries beginnin
88. ow Bie a ee ae dk a eee 4 Se v Snap to grid ee ee ee N EDI ee ws So Gare et ee be SB a ese X offset 0 00 6 v uouo oo llou oo oyl Y offset 0 00 4 oe eo GRR a a eee R ee ee ETET 3 Grid color Grid style Dots l ye te E Help Close Figure 8 1 Print Composer A Opening the print composer provides you with a blank canvas to which you can add the current QGIS map canvas legend scalebar images basic shapes arrows and text Figure 8 1 shows the initial view of the print composer with an activated _ Snap to grid modus but before any elements are added The print composer provides two tabs The tab allows you to set paper size orientation the print quality for the output file in dpi and to activate snapping to a grid of a defined resolution Please note the Snaptogrid feature only works if you define a grid resolution gt 0 Furthermore you can also activate the Print as raster checkbox This means all elements will be rastered before printing or saving as Postscript of PDF 108 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide The ltem tab displays the properties for the selected map element Click the Select Move item icon to select an element e g legend scalebar or label on the canvas Then click the Item tab and customize the settings for the selected element You can add multiple elements to the composer It is also possible to have more than one map view or legend or sc
89. select a blue as fill color 10 Click on the Labels tab and check the Display labels checkbox to enable labeling Choose NAMES field as Field containing label 11 To improve readability of labels you can add a white buffer around them by clicking Buffer in the list on the left checking Buffer labels and choosing 3 as buffer size 12 Click Apply check if the result looks good and finally click You can see how easy it is to visualize raster and vector layers in QGIS Let s move on to the sections that follow to learn more about the available functionality features and settings and how to use them QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 11 2 Features at a Glance After a first and simple sample session in Section 1 2 we now want to give you a more detailed overview of the features of QGIS Most features presented in the following chapters will be explained and described in own sections later in the manual 2 1 Starting and Stopping QGIS In Section 1 5 you already learned how to start QGIS We will repeat this here and you will see that QGIS also provides further command line options A Assuming that QGIS is installed in the PATH you can start QGIS by typing qgis at a command prompt or by double clicking on the QGIS application link or shortcut on the desktop or in the application menu M aJ Start QGIS using the Start menu or desktop shortcut or double click on a QGIS project file X Double
90. select and activate layer specific features or to open a dialog to set raster properties for the layer Right mouse button menu for raster layers Zoom to layer extent gt Zoom to best scale 100 gt 71 4 3 Raster Properties Dialog Show in overview gt Remove gt Properties gt Rename gt Add Group gt Expand all gt Collapse all gt 4 3 Raster Properties Dialog To view and set the properties for a raster layer double click on the layer name in the map legend or right click on the layer name and choose Properties gt from the context menu Figure 4 1 shows the Raster Layer Properties dialog There are several tabs on the dialog Symbology Transparency Colormap General Metadata Pyramids Histogram 4 3 1 Symbology Tab QGIS can render raster layers in two different ways Single band one band of the image will be rendered as gray or in pseudocolors Three band color three bands from the image will be rendered each band representing the red green or blue component that will be used to create a color image Within both render types you can invert the color output using the Invert color map checkbox S
91. symbology add a graticule layer now via fTools plugin decorate your map with a north arrow scale bar and copyright label save and restore projects Create edit manage and export data You can create edit manage and export vector maps in several formats Raster data have to be imported into GRASS to be able to edit and export them into other formats QGIS offers the following digitizing tools for OGR supported formats and GRASS vector layer create and edit shapefiles and GRASS vector layers geocode images with the Georeferencer plugin GPS tools to import and export GPX format and convert other GPS formats to GPX or down upload directly to a GPS unit on Linux usb has been added to list of GPS devices visualize and edit OpenStreetMap data create PostGIS layers from shapefiles with the SPIT plugin improved handling of PostGIS tables manage vector attribute tables with the new attribute table see Section 3 5 6 or Table Manager plugin save screenshots as georeferenced images Analyse data You can perform spatial data analysis on PostgreSQL PostGIS and other OGR supported formats using the fTools Python plugin QGIS currently offers vector analysis sampling geoprocessing geometry and database management tools You can also use the integrated GRASS tools which include the complete GRASS func tionality of more than 300 modules See Section 7 Publish maps on the Internet QGIS can
92. the application or script Here is another example that pulls data out of a vector layer and inserts them into a file using bash and the echo command so it will only work A or perhaps X The layer in question has fields for a species name taxon_name latitude lat and longitude long would like to be able to make a spatial selection of a localities and export these field values to a text file for the selected record shown in yellow in the QGIS map area Here is the action to achieve this bash c echo taxon_name flat long gt gt tmp species_localities txt After selecting a few localities and running the action on each one opening the output file will show something like this Acacia mearnsii 34 0800000000 150 0800000000 Acacia mearnsii 34 9000000000 150 1200000000 Acacia mearnsii 35 2200000000 149 9300000000 Acacia mearnsii 32 2700000000 150 4100000000 As an exercise we create an action that does a Google search on the lakes layer First we need to determine the URL needed to perform a search on a keyword This is easily done by just going to Google and doing a simple search then grabbing the URL from the address bar in your browser From this little effort we see that the format is http google com search q qgis where QGIS is the search term Armed with this information we can proceed 1 Make sure the lakes layer is loaded 2 Open the Layer Properties dialog by double clicking on the layer in the legend
93. tracklog or track of the receivers movement over time Waypoints routes and tracks are the three basic feature types in GPS data QGIS displays waypoints in point layers while routes and tracks are displayed in linestring layers QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 151 10 9 GPS Plugin 10 9 2 Loading GPS data from a file There are dozens of different file formats for storing GPS data The format that QGIS uses is called GPX GPS eXchange format which is a standard interchange format that can contain any number of waypoints routes and tracks in the same file To load a GPX file you first need to load the plugin Plugins L Plugin Manager Ly GPS Tools When this plugin is loaded a button with a small handheld GPS device will show up in the toolbar An example GPX file is available in the QGIS sample dataset qgis_sample_data gps national_monuments gpx See Section 1 4 for more information about the sample data 1 Click on the 8 GPS Tools icon and open the Load GPX file tab see figure 7 2 to the folder qgis_sample_data gps select the GPX file national_monuments gpx and click Open GPS Tools x Load GPX file Import other file Download from GPS Upload to GPS GPX Conversions GPX is the GPS eXchange file format which is used to store information about waypoints routes and tracks Select a GPX file and then select the feature types that you want to load File
94. versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns See http www gnu org copyleft Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number If the Document specifies that a partic ular numbered version of this License or any later version applies to it you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published not as a draft by the Free Software Foundation If the Document does not specify a version number of this License you may choose any version ever published not as a draft by the Free Software Foundation If the Docu ment specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of this License can be used that proxy s public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the Document 11 RELICENSING Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site or MMC Site means any World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works A public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server A Massive Multiauthor Collaboration or MMC contained in the site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC site CC BY SA means the Creative Commons
95. 149 10 19 Add points to the raster image ee Fs bo tes a ented os a cee a 149 10 20 Defining the georeferencer transformation settings aca GGG ari eee aaa 150 10 21 The GPS Tools dialog window 2 eee eee 152 10 22 The download tool ooo 153 10 23 Interpolation Plugin A RSE RA ae 154 10 24 Interpolation of elevp data using TIN method A 155 10 25 Arrange raster and vector layers for QGIS project file ie oe IO 156 10 26 Export to MapServer Dialog O a Lok ees A ken bee 157 10 27 Test PNG created by shp2img with all MapServer Export layers oe a eee eek aces 158 10 28 OGR Layer Converter Plugin A Te eo Wesco de tote een 159 10 29 Create Oracle connection dialog A He ee 160 10 30 Select Oracle GeoRaster dialog Deer ds cy ch cn hed GA 161 10 31 OpenStreetMap data in the web Be uhh Aon ad ee eas 162 10 32 OSM plugin user interface A 163 10 33 Load OSM data dialog DH 164 10 34 Changing an OSM feature tag a td Seo a a de aaa linia lia 166 10 35 OSM point creation message ese boa ee4d da aces ae ke eee vad 166 10 36 OSM download dialog 8 eet ee eens 168 10 37 OSM upload dialog 1 eee eee eens 169 10 38 OSM saving dialog DH 170 10 39 OSM import message dialog A 170 10 40 Import data to OSM dialog ie ee ee cer re ee EEEE ee eee 171 10 41 Raster Terrain Modelling Plugin Nae edt As ah ne DPR TN 172 10 42 Quick Print Dialog 2 cette teen ean 172 10 43 Quick Print result as DIN A4 PDF using the alaska sample dataset 173
96. 2040 52 1640 7512840 3 775720 7496440 49 Help Figure 10 5 Delimited Text Dialog 4 First select the file e g qgis_sample_data csv elevp csv to import by clicking on the button Once the file is selected the plugin attempts to parse the file using the last used delimiter in this case a semi colon To properly parse the file it is important to select the correct delimiter To change the delimiter to tab use t this is a regular expression for the tab character After changing the delimiter click Once you have parsed the file choose the X and Y fields from the drop down lists and enter a Layer name e g elevp as shown in Figure 10 5 To add the layer to the map click Add Layer The delimited text file now behaves as any other map layer in QGIS QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 127 10 5 eVis Plugin 10 4 Dxf2Shp Converter Plugin The dxf2shape converter plugin can be used to convert vector data from DXF to Shapefile format lt requires the following parameters to be specified before running e Input DXF file Enter path to the DXF file to be converted e Output Shp file Enter desired name of the Shapefile to be created e Output file type Specify the geometry type of the output Shapefile Currently supported types are polyline polygon and point e Export text labels When this checkbox is enabled an additional Shapefile point layer will be created and the associated dbf table will contain information about the TEX
97. 27 2 LENGTH 210 485 o 949999 LENGTH 218 222 Refine v LENGTH 221 LENGTH 225 762 LENGTH 230 219 2 Edit t LENGTH 237 629 LENGTH 239 6 LENGTH 256 386 Remove LENGTH 259 217 Attributes RP Rule grouping gt No grouping Group by filter Group by scale IN E Restore Default Style Save As Default pe Load Style Save Style F Help Y OK amp Apply O Cancel Figure 3 12 New Rule based Symbolizing options A Y Layer Properties climate OOO E Renderer Point Displacement Se Symbol levels Old symbology Center symbol a Renderer E Single Symbol a HR Renderer settings Displacement circles Circle pen width 0 40 Circle color PA Circle radius modification 0 00 gt Attributes Point distance tolerance 0 0000100 E PZ SL Labels x Label attribute Keine NA Allgemein Label font Use scale dependent labelling Metadata max scale denominator ca Y Restore Default Style Save As Default Load Style Save Style Hilfe 9 Anwenden Abbrechen Figure 3 13 Point displacement dialog amp selected in the symbol layer list The most important is the Symbol Layer Type combo box which allows you to choose the layer type The available options depend on the layer type Point Line Polygon Symbol layer type options for point layers SimpleMarker Border color Fill color Size Angle Offset X Y S
98. 50 1185802588 Longitude From 14 4088703963 To 14 4092977338 OK Area is probably acceptable to server 2 Download to tmp 090902_091352_downloaded osm X Open data automatically after download Replace current data current layer will be removed Use custom renderer Small scale l Download Cancel Figure 10 36 OSM download dialog Extent Specifies an area to download data from intervals of latitude and longitude degrees Because there is some restriction of OpenStreetMap server on how much data can be downloaded the intervals must not be too wide More detailed info on extent specification can is shown after clicking the 2 button on the right Download to Here you are expected to write a path to the file where data will be stored If you can t remember the structure of your disk don t panic The button will help you Open data automatically after download Determines if the download process should be followed by loading the data process or not If you prefer not to load data now you can do it later by using the Load OSM from file button 168 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 10 14 8 Uploading OSM data Replace current data This option is active only if e Open data automatically after download is checked Checking this option means that downloaded data should replace current data we are working with now Layers of the current data will be removed and new ones will be loaded When starting QGIS and do
99. 68 saving changes 62 working with non spatial tables 68 working with the attribute table 66 EPSG 85 ESRI shapefiles 33 Field Calculator getting all values 70 field calculator OGR 69 PostGIS 69 PostgreSQL 69 Field Calcultor generating sample list 70 form annotation seeannotations28 GDAL supported formats 182 Geometry tools 140 Geoprocessing tools 140 Georeferencer tools 148 GRASS 89 attribute linkage 93 attribute storage 93 category settings 94 digitizing 93 digitizing tools 94 95 display results 100 101 edit permissions 98 loading data 89 region 96 display 96 editing 96 snapping tolerance 95 starting QGIS 89 symbology settings 95 table editing 95 toolbox 96 100 102 Browser 105 customize 106 modules 185 topology 93 vector data model 93 identify WMS 81 installation 9 Keyboard shortcuts 21 layer visibility 19 layers initial visibility 23 layout toolbars 19 legend 19 197 Index license exception 189 FDL 191 GPL 187 main window 14 map overview 21 view 20 MapInfo MIF files 33 TAB files 33 measure 23 measure angles 23 measure areas 23 measure line length 23 menus 15 Metadata 53 MIF files 33 New labeling 50 OGC Authentication 82 coordinate reference system 79 CRS 79 introduction 77 search 80 WMS client 77 OGR 33 field calculator 69 supported formats 181 pan arrow keys 21 plugin georeference
100. 7 PRIMEM Greenwich D AUTHORITY EPSG 8901 UNIT degree 0 0174532925199433 AUTHORITY EPSG 9108 AUTHORITY EPSG 4267 1 adalinfo D Download GIS qois_sample_datafrasterflandcover img QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 145 10 7 GDAL Tools Plugin Figure 10 15 The Contours dialog window 4S Cw zx Input file raster SRTM_44_06 Y Output directory For contour lines shapefile D Download GI5 qgis_sample_datafraster Interval between contour lines 50 00 5 Attribute name ELEY Tf not provided no elevation attribute is attached X Load into canvas when finished gdal_contour a ELEY i 50 0 D GIS raster SRTM SRTM_44_06 TIF D Download GIS qgis_sample_datafraster Figure 10 16 The resulting contours layer A MAATTI Borras RRPCPLERPSO DKM 2da Kopa naana BODA MA NVAA 44000 gt Layers SRTM_44 06 OVLIPILODS A DENSA U e 8s Scale 2107s 0f Render i 146 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 10 7 3 Examples Figure 10 17 The GDAL warp dialog window 4 landcover D Download GIS qgis_sample_datafraster landcover_wgs84 tif Image width Image height adalwarp s_srs EPSG 2964 t_srs EPSG 4326 of GTiff D Download GIS qgis_sample_data raster landcover img D Download GIS qgis_sample_datafrasterflandcover_wgs84 tif QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 147 10 8 Georeferencer Plugin 10 8 Georeferencer P
101. ATION browser Another useful feature inside the GRASS Toolbox is the GRASS LOCATION browser In Figure 7 14 you can see the current working LOCATION with its MAPSETs In the left browser windows you can browse through all MAPSETs inside the current LOCATION The right browser window shows some meta information for selected raster or vector layers e g resolution bounding box data source connected attribute table for vector data and a command history WOa OOO ES demo a raster gtopo30 a vector airports alaska rivers E rivers200 PERMANENT Grips Pools als Ka demo Modules Tree Modules List Browser Vector airports Points Lines Boundaries Centroids Areas Islands North 1981991 5821 2934 South 436940 04186938 East 1406705 41471586 West 1365575 11220648 3D no History COMMAND Downloads qgis_data wmapO airports sh p output airports min_area 0 0001 ibd vw in ogr 0 dsn C Figure 7 14 GRASS LOCATION browser 4 The toolbar inside the Browser tab offers following tools to manage the selected LOCATION Oy Add selected map to canvas _ Copy selected map Rename selected map z R Delete selected map Tal Set current region to selected map _ Refresh browser window The Rename selected map and R Delete selected map only work with maps inside y
102. CGl CGl Common Gateway Interface application written in C that works together with a webserver e g Apache Lighttpd It uses QGIS as backend for the GIS logic and for map rendering Furthermore the Qt library is used for graphics and for platform independent C programming In contrast to other WMS software the QGIS mapserver uses cartographic rules in SLD SE as a configuration language both for the server configuration and for the user defined cartographic rules Moreover the QGIS mapserver project provides the Publish to Web plugin a plugin for QGIS desktop which exports the current layers and symbology as a web project for QGIS mapserver containing cartographic visualisation rules expressed in SLD As QGIS desktop and QGIS mapserver use the same visualization libraries the maps that are published on the web look the same as in desktop GIS The Publish to Web plugin currently supports basic symbolization with more complex cartographic visualisation rules introduced manually As the configuration is performed with the SLD standard and its documented extensions there is only one standardised language to learn which greatly simplifies the complexity of creating maps for the Web Further information is available at http karlinapp ethz ch qgis_wms http ww qgis org wiki QGIS_mapserver_tutorial http linfiniti com 2010 08 qgis mapserver a wms server for the masses 82 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 5 4 WFS and WFS T Client
103. DEL The best way to learn the GRASS vector model and its capabilities is to download one of the many GRASS tutorials where the vector model is described more deeply See http grass osgeo org gdp manuals php for more information books and tutorials in several languages 3Although it is possible to mix geometry elements it is unusual and even in GRASS only used in special cases such as vector network analysis Normally you should prefere to store different geometry elements in different layers QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 93 7 7 Digitizing and editing a GRASS vector layer 7 6 Creating a new GRASS vector layer To create a new GRASS vector layer with the GRASS plugin click the Create new GRASS vector toolbar icon Enter a name in the text box and you can start digitizing point line or polygon geometries following the procedure described in Section 7 7 In GRASS it is possible to organize all sort of geometry types point line and area in one layer because GRASS uses a topological vector model so you don t need to select the geometry type when creating a new GRASS vector This is different from Shapefile creation with QGIS because Shapefiles use the Simple Feature vector model see Section 3 5 5 QGIS Tip 36 CREATING AN ATTRIBUTE TABLE FOR A NEW GRASS VECTOR LAYER If you want to assign attributes to your digitized geometry features make sure to create an attribute table with columns before you start digitizing see Figure 7 7
104. File We can now test our work using the shp2img tool to create an image from the map file The shp2img utility is part of MapServer and FWTools To create an image from our map Open a terminal window If you didn t save your map file in your home directory change to the folder where you saved it Run shp2img m qgisproject map o mapserver_test png and display the image This creates a PNG with all the layers included in the QGIS project file In addition the extent of the PNG will be the same as when we saved the project As you can see in Figure 10 27 all information except the airport symbols are included Figure 10 27 Test PNG created by shp2img with all MapServer Export layers A If you plan to use the map file to serve WMS requests you probably don t have to tweak anything If you plan to use it with a mapping template or a custom interface you may have a bit of manual work to do To see how easy it is to go from QGIS to serving maps on the web take a look at Christopher Schmidt s 5 minute flash video He used an older version of QGIS version 0 8 but the demo applies equally well to newer versions 10 12 OGR Converter Plugin The OGR Layer Converter plugin adds the ability to convert vector data from one OGR supported vector format to another The plugin is very simple to run and only requires a few parameters to be specified before running Source Format Datset Layer Enter OGR format and path to the v
105. GIS map canvas The usual procedure for georeferencing an image involves selecting multiple points on the raster specifying their coordinates and choosing a relevant transformation type Based on the input parameters and data the plugin will compute the world file parameters The more coordinates you provide the better the result will be The first step is to start QGIS load the Georeferencer Plugin see Section 9 1 1 and click on the icon which appears in the QGIS toolbar menu The Georeferencer Plugin dialog 148 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide appears as shown in Figure 10 18 For this example we are using a topo sheet of South Dakota from SDGS It can later be visualized together with the data from the GRASS spearfish60 location You can download the topo sheet here http grass osgeo org sampledata spearfish_toposheet tar gz g Georeferencer spearfish_topo24 tif OO 60 File Edit View Settings Help g GCP table on off id srcX srcY dstx dstY dX pixels dY pixels residual pixels Y 0 591643 82 4927100 04 591640 54 4927102 53 8 33 6 24 10 41 Y 1 600148 15 4925581 28 600163 08 4925588 83 10 72 0 17 10 72 Y 2 602545 30 4915570 99 602557 88 4915567 96 8 61 1 49 8 73 Y 3 608459 33 4924864 37 608451 72 4924878 69 11 00 7 57 13 35 Transform Linear Translation 62 968 4384 45 Scale 0 999902 1 00089 Rotation O Mean error 15 4583 599685 4027892 Figure 10 18 Georeferencer Plugin Dialog A
106. I Options D Some basic options for QGIS can be selected using the Options dialog Select the menu option Settings Ly Options The tabs where you can optmize your options are General Tab e Promt to save project changes when required QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 25 2 7 GUI Options Warn when opening a project file saved with an older version of QGIS Change Selection and backgroud Color Change the icon theme choose between default classic gis and newgis Capitalise layer names in legend Display classification attribute names in legend Create raster icons in legend Hide splash screen at startup Open identify results in a dock window QGIS restart required Open attribute table in a dock window Add PostGIS layers with double click and select in extended mode Add new layers to selected group Attribute table behavior choose between Show all features default Show selected features show features in current canvas Rendering amp SVG Tab By default new layers added to the map should be displayed Define number of features to draw before updating the display Use render caching where possible to speed up redraws Make lines appear less jagged at the expense of some drawing performance Fix problems with incorrectly filled polygons Use new generation symbology for rendering e Add remove path s to search for Scalable Vector Graphics SVG symbols Additionally you can define we
107. ID field Polygons to lines Convert polygons to lines multipart polygons to multiple singlepart lines YD dad Se BS Ge AE Extract nodes Extract nodes from line and polygon layers and output them as points 140 Table 10 7 ffools Geometry tools QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide Data management tools available via the fTools plugin Tool Purpose Export to projection Project features to new CRS and export as new shapefile Define projection Specify the CRS for shapefiles whose CRS has not been defined Join attributes Join additional attributes to vector layer attribute table based on a dbf or csv file and output results to a new shapefile Additional attributes can be from a vector layer or stand alone dbf table Join attributes by location Join additional attributes to vector layer based on spatial relationship Attributes from one vector layer are appended to the attribute table of another layer and exported as a shapefile Split vector layer Split input layer into multiple separate layers based on in put field Merge shapefiles Ma As hy Pas Merge several shapefiles within a folder into a new shape file based on the layer type point line area Table 10 8 fTools Data management tools QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 141 10 7 GDAL Tools Plugin 10 7 GDAL Tools Plugin 10 7 1 What is GDALTools The GDAL Tools plugin offe
108. IRA ae 45 New Graduated Symbolizing options A 46 New Rule based Symbolizing options Ge a ee ee ee ee ee ee a 47 Point displacement dialog ae ties Pain died dW Be eT a ta te EN 47 Defining symbol properties Der o oo eee ee eee sues fees 48 Style Manager to manage symbols and color ramps Do as BE 49 Smart labeling of vector point layers amp aoaaa aa ee 50 Smart labeling of vector line layers icin wan Ane cee eee eae de een eens 51 Smart labeling of vector polygon layers Os bo oe Ss ees ee Eee eet 51 Dialog to change label engine settings 2 0 0 2000002 eee ee 52 Dialog to select an edit widget for an attribute column Doo 52 Select feature and choose action naaa eee 55 Vector properties dialog with diagram tab e a E 56 Diagram from temperature data overlayed on a map Mesas hea ee oe bi 57 Edit snapping options on a layer basis Derio dica 58 Enter Attribute Values Dialog after digitizing a new vector feature E EA SE 60 Redo and Undo digitizing steps A ee ee ca 63 Rotate Point Symbols ic on ee 8 nen 6 roe ene oho eee 64 Creating a new Shapefile layer Dialog Dead hee ee ee Oe ee hohe a 65 Creating a New Spatialite layer Dialog O ee oe 66 3 30 Attribute Table for Alaska layer onna oo 67 Oo ery O CLES ek hd LER EEE 69 3 32 Field Calculator co ee 70 4 1 Raster Layers Properties Dialog re EEE ee eed ae 73 4 2 Raster Calculator ooa eee eet e tenes 76 5 1 Dialog for adding a WMS server showing its available layers a 79
109. Line layer displays those OSM features of type Way that are not closed That means none of these Ways starts and ends with the same Node A Polygon layer displays all Ways that are not included in Line layer OpenStreetMap has one more data primitive except for the three mentioned above This is called Relation There is purposely no vector layer to display Relations A Relation defines relation between any number of 162 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 10 14 1 Installation data primitives After Point Line or Polygon is identified on a map the plugin shows a list of all relations the identified feature is part of Challenging was to design the connection between OSM data and the standard QGIS editing tools These tools are made to edit a single vector layer at a time no matter of what feature types it displays This means that if OSM data are loaded to QGIS through the plugin you could theoretically edit Point layer Line layer or Polygon layer with these standard tools separately The problem is that Line layer consists of two different types of OSM features Ways and Nodes Why Because in OSM format a Way is composed of Nodes If you start editing a Line layer and change the shape of some line your action must affect not only the OSM Way but also the OSM Nodes that are part of it QGIS standard editing tools cannot tell the OSM provider which members of which line has changed and how It can tell only what s the new geometry of which
110. Output Console window Open Query File Launches the Open File file browser to search for the XML file holding the predefined queries Predefined Queries A dropdown list with all of the queries defined by the predefined queries XML file Query description A short description of the query This description is from the predefined queries XML file Console Window The console window where messages related to processing are displayed QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 135 10 5 eVis Plugin Database Connection This command will import only points that have photos that mention limestone to QGIS Figure 10 12 The eVis Perdefined queries tab fy 136 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 10 5 3 Database connection QGIS Tip 46 CREATING A VECTOR LAYER FROM A MICROSOFT EXCEL WORKSHEET When creating a vector layer from a Microsoft Excel Worksheet you might see that unwanted zeros 0 have been inserted in the attribute table rows beneath valid data This can be caused by deleting the values for these cells in Excel using the backspace key To correct this problem you need to open the Excel file you ll need to close QGIS if there if you are connected to the file to allow you to edit the file and then use Edit Ly Delete to remove the blank rows from the file To avoid this problem you can simply delete several rows in the Excel Worksheet using Edit Ly Delete before saving the file Help Displays the
111. S Plugin dialog Your screen should now look a bit like Figure 5 1 which shows the response provided by the NASA JPL OnEarth WMS server Image Encoding The Image encoding section now lists the formats that are supported by both the client and server Choose one depending on your image accuracy requirements QGIS Tip 26 IMAGE ENCODING You will typically find that a WMS server offers you the choice of JPEG or PNG image encoding JPEG is a lossy compression format whereas PNG faithfully reproduces the raw raster data Use JPEG if you expect the WMS data to be photographic in nature and or you don t mind some loss in picture quality This trade off typically reduces by 5 times the data transfer requirement compared to PNG Use PNG if you want precise representations of the original data and you don t mind the increased data transfer requirements 78 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 5 2 3 Loading WMS Layers Add Layer s from a Server Layers Layer Order Tilesets Server Search NASA JPL Edit Delete Add default servers a Name Title Abstract gt OnEarth Web a1 global_mosaic WMS Global Release 2 of the WMS Global Mosaic a seamless mosaic of L a8 global_mosai WMS Global Release 2 of the WMS Global Mosaic a seamless mosaic of L E 20 us_landsat_w CONUS mos CONUS seamless mosaic of Landsat5 scenes Maximum resol a 29 srtm_mag SRTM reflect This is the radar reflectance im
112. T fields found in the dxf file and the text strings themselves Dxf Importer x Input Dxf file qgis_sample_data gps geodata dxf xe Output file qgis_sample_data gps geodata shp us Output file type O Polyline Polygon Point Y Export text labels Help cancel lt 3 oK fo la Figure 10 6 Dxf2Shape Converter Plugin A Using the Plugin 1 Start QGIS load the Dxf2Shape plugin in the Plugin Manager see Section 9 1 1 and click on the m icon which appears in the QGIS toolbar menu The Dxf2Shape plugin dialog appears as shown in Figure 10 6 2 Enter input DXF file a name for the output Shapefile and the Shapefile type 3 Enable the Export text labels checkbox if you want to create an extra point layer with labels 4 Click Ok 10 5 eVis Plugin The Biodiversity Informatics Facility at the American Museum of Natural History s AMNH Center for Biodiver sity and Conservation CBC has developed the Event Visualization Tool eVis another software tool to add to the suite of conservation monitoring and decision support tools for guiding protected area and landscape planning This plugin enables users to easily link geocoded i e referenced with latitude and longitude or X and Y coordinates photographs and other supporting documents to vector data in QGIS eVis is now automatically installed and enabled in new versions of QGIS and as with all plugins
113. Texts and no Back Cover Texts A copy of the license is included in the section entitled GNU Free Documentation License If you have Invariant Sections Front Cover Texts and Back Cover Texts replace the with Texts line with this with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES with the Front Cover Texts being LIST and with the Back Cover Texts being LIST If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts or some other combination of the three merge those two alternatives to suit the situation If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license such as the GNU General Public License to permit their use in free software 196 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide Index 53 Actions 53 actions defining 53 examples 53 using 54 advanced digitizing an existing layer 62 Allow Editing 59 Analysis tools 139 annotations 28 Attributes 51 bookmarks 30 command line options 13 Context help 22 coordinate reference system 79 crashes 120 CRS 79 data sample 9 Data management tools 141 data providers 122 delimited text 33 digitizing an existing layer 59 documentation 1 editing 56 copying features 61 creating a new shapefile layer 65 creating a new shape layer 65 creating a new spatialite layer 65 cutting features 61 icons 59 pasting features 61 save selection as new layer
114. UPDATE cities SET image gr WHERE id 1 COMMIT END 10 14 OpenStreetMap Plugin In recent years the OpenStreetMap project has gained popularity because in many countries no free geo data such as digital roadmaps are available Target of the OSM project is to create a free editable map of the world from GPS data aerial photography or simply from local knowledge To support this idea QGIS provides a plugin that enables its users to work with OSM data The plugin provides all basic functionalities for OSM data manipulation such as data loading importing saving downloading editing and uploading data back to the OpenStreetMap server While implementing OSM plugin an inspiration was taken from existing OSM data editors The purpose was to combine their functionalities to get the best possible result The following section gives a brief introduction to principles of the OSM project If you are not interested in information on OSM just skip the next section Parts of the following paragraphs are copied from the OpenStreetMap web site at http www openstreetmap org QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 161 10 14 OpenStreetMap Plugin The OpenStreetMap project OpenStreetMap is a project to create a free editable map of the world The maps are created using data from portable GPS devices aerial photography other free sources or simply from local knowledge The project was started because most maps have legal or technical restrictions on their use
115. VE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUEN TIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PAR TIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES C 1 Quantum GIS Qt exception for GPL In addition as a special exception the QGIS Development Team gives permission to link the code of this program with the Qt library including but not limited to the following versions both free and commercial Qt Non commerical Windows Qt Windows Qt X11 Qt Mac and Qt Embedded or with modified versions of Qt that use the same license as Qt and distribute linked combinations including the two You must obey the GNU General Public License in all respects for all of the code used other than Qt If you modify this file you may extend this exception to your version of the file but you are not obligated to do so If you do not wish to do so delete this exception statement from your version QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 189 D GNU Free Documentation License Version 1 3 3 November 2008 Copyright 2000 2001 2002 2007 2008 Free Software Foundation Inc lt http fsf org gt Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing i
116. You find more details about GDAL supported formats in Appendix A 2 or at http www gdal org formats_list html If you want to load GRASS raster data please refer to Section 7 2 4 1 What is raster data Raster data in GIS are matrices of discrete cells that represent features on above or below the earth s surface Each cell in the raster grid is the same size and cells are usually rectangular in QGIS they will always be rectangular Typical raster datasets include remote sensing data such as aerial photography or satellite imagery and modelled data such as an elevation matrix Unlike vector data raster data typically do not have an associated database record for each cell They are geocoded by its pixel resolution and the x y coordinate of a corner pixel of the raster layer This allows QGIS to position the data correctly in the map canvas QGIS makes use of georeference information inside the raster layer e g GeoTiff or in an appropriate world file to properly display the data 4 2 Loading raster data in QGIS Raster layers are loaded either by clicking on the Load Raster icon or by selecting the View L Add Raster Layer menu option More than one layer can be loaded at the same time by holding down the Control or Shift key and clicking on multiple items in the dialog Open a GDAL Supported Raster Data Source Once a raster layer is loaded in the map legend you can click on the layer name with the right mouse button to
117. about 200 of the available GRASS modules and functionalities are also provided by graphical dialogs within the GRASS plugin Toolbox B 1 GRASS Toolbox modules A complete list of available GRASS modules from within QGIS is found in the GRASS wiki http grass osgeo org wiki GRASS QGIS_relevant_module_list 185 C GNU General Public License GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 59 Temple Place Suite 330 Boston MA 02111 1307 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get
118. ad or create the layer you want to copy to target layer Start editing for target layer Make the source layer active by clicking on it in the legend Use the tool to select the feature s on the source layer Click on the Copy Features tool Make the destination layer active by clicking on it in the legend Click on the Paste Features tool Stop editing and save the changes a A OO N a o O N QO What happens if the source and target layers have different schemas field names and types are not the same QGIS populates what matches and ignores the rest If you don t care about the attributes being copied to the target layer it doesn t matter how you design the fields and data types If you want to make sure everything feature and its attributes gets copied make sure the schemas match QGIS Tip 18 CONGRUENCY OF PASTED FEATURES If your source and destination layers use the same projection then the pasted features will have geometry identical to the source layer However if the destination layer is a different projection then QGIS cannot guarantee the geometry is identical This is simply because there are small rounding off errors involved when converting between projections QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 61 3 5 Editing Deleting Selected Features If we want to delete an entire polygon we can do that by first selecting the polygon using the regular Select Features tool You can select multiple features for
119. add columns of statistics for each polygon in a vector map Again using the Alaska data refer to 7 4 to import the trees shapefile from the vmap0_shapefiles direc 104 tory into GRASS Now an intermediary step is required centroids must be added to the imported trees map to make it a complete GRASS area vector including both boundaries and centroids From the toolbox choose Vector Ly Manage features and open the module v centroids and run the module Now load the forest_areas vector and display the types of forests deciduous evergreen mixed in different colors In the layer Properties gt window symbology tab choose Legend type Unique value Y and set the Classification field VEGDESC to VEGDESC Refer to the explanation of the symbology tab 3 4 1 in the vector section Next reopen the GRASS toolbox and open Vector L_y Vector update by other maps Click on the v rast stats module Enter gtopo30 and forest_areas Only one additional parameter is needed Enter column prefix and click This is a computationally heavy operation which will run for a long time probably up to two hours Finally open the forest_areas attribute table and verify that several new columns have been added including elev_min elev_max elev_mean etc for each forest polygon Enter as the output vector map QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 7 9 3 Working with the GRASS LOCATION browser 7 9 3 Working with the GRASS LOC
120. age produced by the SRTM mis a 36 daily_planet Current global A contiunously updating composite of visual images from TER A 38 daily_afternoon Current global A contiunously updating composite of visual images from AQU E 40 BMNG Blue Marble A set of twelve images built from MODIS data one for each m 5 78 modis Blue Marble 80 huemapped_ SRTM derive An SRTM derived elevation dataset where elevation is mappe E 82 srtmplus Global 1km el The SRTM30 Plus dataset a 30 arc second seamless combin 86 worldwind_dem SRTM derive A global elevation model prepared from the 3 arc second SRT Image encoding PNG JPEG TIFF Options Layer name 21651 of 21651 bytes of capabilities downloaded Figure 5 1 Dialog for adding a WMS server showing its available layers A Options The Options section provides a text field where you can add a name for the WMS layer This name will be presented in the legend after loading the layer If the OnlineRessource URL from the GetCapabilities document is different from the given URL inside the connection parameters QGIS will ask you which URL it should use Depending on your answer QGIS will check the checkboxes for yourself based on your answere This can also be tweaked with a Ignore GetMap URL checkbox and a Ignore GetFeaturelnfo URL checkbox separately also later on Layers The Layers tab lists the layers available fro
121. alebar in the print composer canvas Each element has its own properties and in the case of the map its own extent If you want to remove an elements from the composer canvas you can do that with the delete orthe backspace key 8 3 Adding a current QGIS map canvas to the Print Composer To add the QGIS map canvas click on the Add new map from QGIS map canvas button in the print composer toolbar and drag a rectangle on the composer canvas with the left mouse button to add the map To display the current map you can choose between three different modes in the map Item tab Preview Rectangle Y isthe default setting It only displays an empty box with a message Map will be printed here Preview Cache Y renders the map in the current screen resolution If case you zoom in or out the composer window the map is not rendered again but the image will be scaled Preview Render Y means that if you zoom in or out the composer window the map will be rendered again but for space reasons only up to a maximum resolution Cache is default preview mode for newly added print composer maps You can resize the map element by clicking on the Select Move item button selecting the element and dragging one of the blue handles in the corner of the map With the map selected you can now adapt more properties in the map Item tab To move layers within the map element select the map element click the Move
122. always available for this Feature requests can be submitted as well using the same ticket system as for bugs Please make sure to select the type enhancement If you have found a bug and fixed it yourself you can submit this patch also Again the lovely trac ticketsystem at https trac osgeo org qgis has this type as well Select patch from the type menu Someone of the developers will review it and apply it to QGIS Please don t be alarmed if your patch is not applied straight away developers may be tied up with other committments 13 4 Blog The QGIS community also runs a weblog BLOG at http blog qgis org which has some interesting articles for users and developers as well You are invited to contribute to the blog after registering yourself 13 5 Wiki Lastly we maintain a WIKI web site at http www qgis org wiki where you can find a variety of useful information relating to QGIS development release plans links to download sites message translation hints and so on Check it out there are some goodies inside 180 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide A Supported Data Formats QGIS uses the GDAL OGR library to read and write vector and raster data formats Note that not all of the format listed below may work in QGIS for various reasons For example some require external commercial libraries or the GDAL installation of your OS was not build to support the format you want to use Only those formats that have been well tested will appear
123. am itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program or with a work based on the Program on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 3 You may copy and distribute the Program or a work based on it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following a Accompany it with the co
124. antum GIS You can subscribe to this list at http lists osgeo org mailman listinfo qgis psc You are welcome to subscribe to any of the lists Please remember to contribute to the list by answering questions and sharing your experiences Note that the qgis commit and qgis trac are designed for notification only and not meant for user postings 13 2 IRC We also maintain a presence on IRC visit us by joining the qgis channel on irc freenode net Please wait around for a response to your question as many folks on the channel are doing other things and it may take a while for them to notice your question Commercial support for QGIS is also available Check the website http qgis org en commercial support html for more information If you missed a discussion on IRC not a problem We log all discussion so you can easily catch up Just go to http logs qgis org and read the IRC logs 13 3 BugTracker While the qgis users mailing list is useful for general how do do xyz in QGIS type questions you may wish to notify us about bugs in QGIS You can submit bug reports using the QGIS bug tracker at https trac osgeo org qgis When creating a new ticket for a bug please provide an email address where we can request additional information Please bear in mind that your bug may not always enjoy the priority you might hope for depending on its severity Some bugs may require significant developer effort to remedy and the manpower is not
125. any formats you will only be able to choose between one or two types 152 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 10 9 5 Downloading GPS data from a device 10 9 5 Downloading GPS data from a device QGIS can use GPSBabel to download data from a GPS device directly as new vector layers For this we use the Download from GPS tab of the GPS Tools dialog see Figure 10 22 Here we select the type of GPS device the port that it is connected to or usb if your GPS supports this the feature type that you want to download the GPX file where the data should be stored and the name of the new layer GPS Tools x Load GPX file Import other file Download from GPS Upload to GPS GPX Conversions This tool will help you download data from a GPS device Choose your GPS device the port it is connected to the feature type you want to download a name for your new layer and the GPX file where you want to store the data If your device isn t listed or if you want to change some settings you can also edit the devices This tool uses the program GPSBabel http www gpsbabel org to transfer the data This requires that you have GPSBabel installed where QGIS can find it GPS device Garmin serial 9 Edit devices Port usb 2 Refresh Feature type Waypoints Output file qgis_sample_data gps downloaded gpx Save As Layer name downloaded_points Help Q cancel 45 ok
126. ariable at least available on A and X export PG_USE_COPY YES ogr2ogr does not create spatial indexes like shp2pgs1 does You need to create them manually using the normal SQL command CREATE INDEX afterwards as an extra step as described in the next section 3 2 5 3 2 5 Improving Performance Retrieving features from a PostgreSQL database can be time consuming especially over a network You can improve the drawing performance of PostgreSQL layers by ensuring that a spatial index exists on each layer in the database PostGIS supports creation of a GiST Generalized Search Tree index to speed up spatial searches of the data The syntax for creating a GIST index is CREATE INDEX indexname ON tablename USING GIST geometryfield GIST_GEOMETRY_OPS Note that for large tables creating the index can take a long time Once the index is created you should perform a VACUUM ANALYZE See the PostGIS documentation 8 for more information The following is an example of creating a GiST index gsherman madison current psql gis_data Welcome to psql 8 3 0 the PostgreSQL interactive terminal Type copyright for distribution terms h for help with SQL commands for help with psql commands g or terminate with semicolon to execute query q to quit gis_data CREATE INDEX sidx_alaska_lakes ON alaska_lakes gis_data USING GIST the_geom GIST_GEOMETRY_OPS CREATE INDEX gis_data VACUUM ANALYZE alaska_lakes VACUUM gis_
127. arkers will appear at the vertices and additional tool buttons on the editing toolbar will become available QGIS Tip 15 SAVE REGULARLY Remember to toggle Toggle editing off regularly This allows you to save your recent changes and also confirms that your data source can accept all your changes Adding Features You can use the 3 Capture point EN Capture line or Capture polygon icons on the toolbar to put the QGIS cursor into digitizing mode For each feature you first digitize the geometry then enter its attributes To digitize the geometry left click on the map area to create the first point of your new feature For lines and polygons keep on left clicking for each additional point you wish to capture When you have fin ished adding points right click anywhere on the map area to confirm you have finished entering the geometry of that feature QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 59 3 5 Editing The attribute window will appear allowing you to enter the information for the new feature Figure 3 25 shows setting attributes tor a fictitious new river in Alaska In the Digitising tab under the L Options menu you can also activate the Suppress attributes pop up windows after each created feature Enter Attribute Values cat dbl F_CODEDESC txt NAM txt MyNewRiver F_CODE txt ShinyNewCode here Figure 3 25 Enter Attribute Values Dialog after digitizing a new
128. arts barcharts proportional SVG symbols and for linear scaling of the diagram size according to a classification attribute We will demonstrate an example and overlay the alaska boundary layer a barchart diagram showing some temperature data from a climate vector layer Both vector layers are part of the QGIS sample dataset see Section 1 4 1 First click on the Load Vector icon browse to the QGIS sample dataset folder and load the two vector shape layers alaska shp and climate shp 2 Double click the climate layer in the map legend to open the Layer Properties dialog 3 Click on the Diagram Overlay and select as Diagram type 4 In the diagram we want to display the values of the three columns T_F_JAN T_F_JUL and T_F_MEAN First select T_F_JAN as Attributes and click Add attribute then T_F_JUL and finally T_F_MEAN 5 For linear scaling of the diagram size we define T_F_JUL as classification attribute 6 Now click on Find maximum value choose a size value and unit and click Apply to display the diagram in the QGIS main window 7 You can now adapt the chart size or change the attribute colors double clicking on the color values in the attribute field Figure 3 23 gives an impression 8 Finally click QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 55 3 5 Editing Layer Properties x Display diagrams Diagram type Bar chart Attributes ID Bp Attribute Color
129. asing number of specifications are developed to serve specific needs for interoperable location and geospatial technology including GIS Further information can be found under http www opengeospatial org Important OGC specifications are WMS Web Map Service WFS Web Feature Service WCS Web Coverage Service CAT Web Catalog Service SFS Simple Features for SQL GML Geography Markup Language OGC services are increasingly being used to exchange geospatial data between different GIS implementations and data stores QGIS can now deal with three of the above specifications being SFS through support of the PostgreSQL PostGIS data provider see Section 3 2 WFS and WMS as a client 5 2 WMS Client 5 2 1 Overview of WMS Support QGIS currently can act as a WMS client that understands WMS 1 1 1 1 1 and 1 3 servers It has particularly been tested against publicly accessible servers such as DEMIS and JPL OnEarth WMS servers act upon requests by the client e g QGIS for a raster map with a given extent set of layers symbolisation style and transparency The WMS server then consults its local data sources rasterizes the map and sends it back to the client in a raster format For QGIS this would typically be JPEG or PNG WMS is generically a REST Representational State Transfer service rather than a fully blown Web Service As such you can actually take the URLs generated by QGIS and use them in a web
130. aving done any needed changes the symbol can be added to the list of current style symbols using the Add to style button and then easily be used in the future Note To modify line width besides modifying the symbol itself you can use data defined Size Scale available through Advanced next to Add to Style c Single symbol area properties Figure 3 8 New Single Symbolizing options Categorized Renderer The Categorized Renderer is used to render all features from a layer using a single user defined symbol which color reflects the value of a selected feature s attribute The Symbology tab allows you to select The attribute using the Column listbox The symbol using the Symbol Properties dialog The colors using the Color Ramp listbox The Advanced button in the lower right corner of the dialog allows to set th fields containing rotation and size scale information For convenience the list in the bottom part of the tab lists the values of all currently selected 44 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 3 4 3 Working with the New Generation Symbology attributes together including the symbols that will be rendered The example in figure 3 9 shows the category rendering dialog used for the rivers layer of the QGIS sample dataset Figure 3 9 New Categorized Symbolizin
131. ayer To create a new SpatiaLite layer for editing choose L New SpatiaLite Layer from the Layer menu The New SpatiaLite Layer dialog will be displayed as shown in Figure 3 29 First step is to select an existing Spatialite database or to create a new Spatialite database This can be done with the browse gt button to the right of the database field Then add a name for the new layer and define the layer type and the EPSG SRID If desired you can select to _fcreate an autoincrementing primary key QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 65 3 5 Editing g New Spatialite Layer YA Database home dassaultest sqlite v Layername test Geometry column geometry Type e Point Line Polygon MultiPoint Multiline Multipolygon EPSG SRID 4326 Find SRID Create an autoincrementing primary key New attribute Name Type Textdata v Attributes list Add to attributes list Name Type name text FA Remove selected attribute Help Y OK amp Apply Cancel Figure 3 29 Creating a New Spatialite layer Dialog A To define an attribute table for the new Spatialite layer add the names of the attribute columns you want to create with the according column type and click on the Add to attribute list button Once you are happy with the attributes click QGIS will automatically add the new layer to the legend and you can edit it in the same way as described in Section 3 5 3 above The spatialite
132. ayers lakes mM gt landcover Overview aS cael 5 Coordinate 198250 4019780 6 Scale 1 273378396421 vi Render ly Figure 2 1 QGIS GUI with Alaska sample data A KDE Note Your window decorations title bar etc may appear different depending on your operating system and window manager The QGIS GUI is divided into six areas 1 Menu Bar 4 Map View 2 Tool Bar 5 Map Overview 3 Map Legend 6 Status Bar These six components of the QGIS interface are described in more detail in the following sections Two more sections present keyboard shortcuts and context help 2 2 1 Menu Bar The menu bar provides access to various QGIS features using a standard hierarchical menu The top level menus and a summary of some of the menu options are listed below together with the icons of the corre sponding tools as they appear on the toolbar as well as keyboard shortcuts Although most menu options have a corresponding tool and vice versa the menus are not organized quite like the toolbars The toolbar containing the tool is listed after each menu option as a checkbox entry For more information about tools and toolbars see Section 2 2 2 Menu Option Shortcut Reference Toolbar e File _ New Project Ctrl N see Section 2 5 Y File 4 Open Project Ctrl O see Section 2 5 v File Open Recent Projects gt see Section 2 5 Save Project Ctrl S see Section 2 5 v File 1 Save P
133. b GPS signal strenght c GPS polar window Figure 2 7 Live GPS tracking 4 2 10 1 Position coordinates A Ifthe GPS is recieving signals from satellites you will see your position in latitude longitude and elevation as you can see in Figure 2 7a 2 10 2 GPS signal strength tht Here you can see the signal strenght of the satellites you are revieving signals from Figure 2 7b 2 10 3 GPS polar window If you want to know where in the sky all the connected satellites are you have to switch to the polar screen Figure 2 7c You can also see the ID numbers of the satellites you are recieving signals from 2 10 4 GPS options 3 In case of connection problems you can switch from e Autodetect to e Use path port below and select the path port your GPS receiver is connected to A click on again initiates the connection to the GPS receiver With the slider GPS Cursor Size 10 U you can shrink and grow the position cursor on the canvas Activating e Auto add vertices within GPS digitizing your track will automatically be recorded in the active vector layer of course the layer has to be in edit mode With GPS map recenter you can decide in which way the canvas will be updated if your recorded coordinates start either to move out of canvas or there is any change at all Track color and width sets the color of and the width of your drawn track If you want to set a feature manually you have to go back to A Position Co
134. blog qgis org node 143 for more information name of municipality Solothurn postal code home marco tmp gem uf Jl v Map position fixed Map marker Frame width 1 00 o Y OK Abbrechen L schen Figure 2 6 Customized qt designer annotation form A QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 29 2 10 Live GPS tracking 2 9 Spatial Bookmarks Spatial Bookmarks allow you to bookmark a geographic location and return to it later 2 9 1 Creating a Bookmark To create a bookmark 1 Zoom or pan to the area of interest 2 Select the menu option View L New Bookmark gt or press Ctrl B 3 Enter a descriptive name for the bookmark up to 255 characters 4 Click to add the bookmark or Cancel to exit without adding the bookmark Note that you can have multiple bookmarks with the same name 2 9 2 Working with Bookmarks To use or manage bookmarks select the menu option View Ly Show Bookmarks The Geospatial Bookmarks dialog allows you to zoom to or delete a bookmark You can not edit the bookmark name or coordinates 2 9 3 Zooming to a Bookmark From the Geospatial Bookmarks dialog select the desired bookmark by clicking on it then click You can also zoom to a bookmark by double clicking on it 2 9 4 Deleting a Bookmark To delete a bookmark from the Geospatial Bookmarks dialog click on it then click
135. cale based visibility ITATALINA RRS Buffer v Size 4 Color Lorem Ipsum Minimum 1 Overview Sample 85 Coordinate 1500916 6716888 Scale 72824579329 v Render la _ label every part of multi part features merge connected lines to avoid duplicate labels features don t act as obstacles for labels Engine settinas OK Cancel Figure 3 16 Smart labeling of vector point layers A Labeling line layers First step is to activate the Label this layer checkbox and select an attribute column to use for labeling After that you can define the label placement orientation distance to feature text style labeling priority scale based visibility if every part of a multipart line is to be labeled if lines shall be merged to avoid duplicate labels and if features act as obstacles for labels or not see Figure 3 17 Labeling polygon layers First step is to activate the Label this layer checkbox and select an attribute column to use for labeling After that you can define the label placement distance and text style labeling priority scale based visibility if every part of multipart feature is to be labeled and if features act as obstacles for labels or not see Figure 3 18 Change engine settings Additionally you can click the Engine settings button and select the search method used to find the best label placement Available is Chain Popmusic Tabu Popmusic Chain Popmusic Tabu Chain and FALP 50 QGIS 1 6 0
136. can set an option to always load new layers without drawing them This means the layer will be added to the map but its visibility checkbox in the legend will be unchecked by default To set this option choose menu option Settings Ly Options gt and click on the Rendering amp SVG tab Uncheck the By default new layers added to the map should be displayed checkbox Any layer added to the map will be off invisible by default c Updating the Map Display During Rendering You can set an option to update the map display as features are drawn By default QGIS does not display any features for a layer until the entire layer has been rendered To update the display as features are read from the datastore choose menu option Settings LL Options gt click on the Rendering amp SVG tab Set the feature count to an appropriate value to update the display during rendering Setting a value of 0 disables update during drawing this is the default Setting a value too low will result in poor performance as the map canvas is continually updated during the reading of the features A suggested value to start with is 500 d Influence Rendering Quality To influence the rendering quality of the map you have 3 options Choose menu option Settings Ly Options gt click on the Rendering amp SVG tab and select or deselect following checkboxes
137. cense 187 C 1 Quantum GIS Qt exception for GPL o o o e ue 189 D GNU Free Documentation License 191 Index 196 Cted Merahi acid dd AAA ee ae ee ROA ES sl dd A 201 vil List of Figures viii hel 2 1 PAPA 2 3 2 4 25 2 6 2 7 2 8 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 3 10 3 11 3 12 3 13 3 14 3 15 3 16 3 17 3 18 3 19 3 20 3 21 3 22 3 23 3 24 3 25 3 26 3 27 3 28 3 29 A Simple QGIS Session Ms ais E E E 10 QGIS GUI with Alaska sample data A KDE sade deg Soe te ee ee eats ot aus ae eds See aa NN 15 Define shortcut options KDE 22 Measure tools machon o o srete roras aaa GGG Ee Pe 24 Proxy settings in QGIS DA wad Ene aras Se ao 28 Annotation text dialog iS nek ae ee ee eee ee oe 29 Customized qt designer annotation form Qe nb o eee 29 Live GPS tecding cc e a 31 GPS tracking options window on Fa BS ees he ae et 32 Add Vector Layer Dialog Oss ee en oe ee ee ec aes oe ea 34 Open an OGR Supported Vector Layer Dialog Dor e 35 QGIS with Shapefile of Alaska loaded 8 0 ooo 36 Map in lat lon crossing the 180 longitude line A ceaar acu aee ax 40 Map crossing 180 longitude applying the ST_Shift_Longitude function o aie ow a fees 40 Vector Layer Properties Dialog Bk bie eta w eee onan ERG AA Ems 41 Symbolizing Options A eA wane Hae ee hee ae eke 42 New Single Symbolizing options ee ee eek O 44 New Categorized Symbolizing options A 45 Example of custom gradient color ramp with multiple stops
138. chable Modules List Figure 7 8 GRASS Toolbox and searchable Modules List A 98 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 7 9 1 Working with GRASS modules GRASSA0015 alaska Modules Tree GRASS 0015 alasicalc Module v buffer Module v buffer v buffer input rivers demo type line m Name der Vektoreingabekarte layer 1 buffer 200 output rivers200 rivers rivers demo 1 line M A oten Toleranz in Karteneinheiten 2 200 m Name der Wektorausgabekarte Lines buffers v buffer Creates a buffer around features of given type areas must contain centroid KEYWORDS c Module Manual Figure 7 9 GRASS Toolbox Module Dialogs QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 99 7 9 The GRASS toolbox Options The tab provides a simplified module dialog where you can usually select a raster or vector layer visualized in the QGIS canvas and enter further module specific parameters to run the module The pro vided module parameters are often not complete to keep the dialog clear If you want to use further module parameters and flags you need to start the GRASS Shell and run the module in the command line A new feature in QGIS 1 6 0 is the support for a show advanced options button below the simplified module dialog in the Options tab At the moment it is only added to the module v in ascii as an example use but will probably be part
139. colors for symbols appropriately QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 43 3 4 The Vector Properties Dialog 3 4 3 Working with the New Generation Symbology First you have to enable the new generation symbology clicking on the New symbology button in the Symbology tab of the Layer Properties dialog The new dialog allows to choose one of the three renderers single symbol categorized and graduated Depending on the chosen renderer the symbology tab provides different settings and options that will be described in the following sections The new genera tion symbology dialog also provides a button which gives access to the Style Manager see section 3 4 4 The Style Manager allows you to edit and remove existing symbols and add new ones Single Symbol Renderer The Single Symbol Renderer is used to render all features of the layer using a single user defined symbol The properties that can be adjusted in the Symbology tab depend partially on the type of the layer but all types share the following structure In the top left part of the tab there is a preview of the current symbol to be rendered In the bottom part of the tab there is a list of symbols already defined for the current style prepared to be used via selecting them from the list The current symbol can be modified using the button which opens a Symbol Properties dialog or the Set Color button which opens an ordinary Color dialog After h
140. ction 1 will typically require changing the actual title 9 TERMINATION You may not copy modify sublicense or distribute the Document except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute it is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However if you cease all violation of this License then your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated a provisionally unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally terminates your license and b permanently if the copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation Moreover your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the violation by some reasonable means this is the first time you have received notice of violation of this License for any work from that copyright holder and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after your receipt of the notice Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License If your rights have been terminated and not permanently rein stated receipt of a copy of some or all of the same material does not give you any rights to use it 10 FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE The Free Software Foundation may publish new revised
141. d CRS see Section 2 2 3 tis also possible to specify OGR creation options within the dialog 3 7 Field Calculator The Field Calculator button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions e g to calculate length or area of geometry features The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column The creation of new attribute fields is currently only possible in PostGIS and with OGR formats if GDAL version is gt 1 6 0 You have to bring the vector layer in editing mode before you can click on the field calculator icon to open the dialog see Figure 3 32 In the dialog you first have to select whether you want to update an existing field only update selected features or create a new attribute field where the results of the calculation will be added If you choose to add a new field you need to enter a field name a field type integer real or string the total QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 69 3 7 Field Calculator Z Field calculator x C Update existing field PROV_CODE y C only update selected features New field Output field name FULLNAME Output field type Text string Output field width 10 E output field precision o 9 Fields values PROV_CODE Eastern Cape PROVNAME Free State Gauteng Kwa
142. d above can be used in other equivalent situations If you have a raster map of precipitation data for example then the same method will be used to create a vector map of isohyetal constant rainfall lines Creating a Hillshade 3D effect Several methods are used to display elevation layers and give a 3D effect to maps The use of contour lines as shown above is one popular method often chosen to produce topographic maps Another way to display a 3D effect is by hillshading The hillshade effect is created from a DEM elevation raster by first calculating the slope and aspect of each cell then simulating the sun s position in the sky and giving a reflectance value to each cell Thus you get sun facing slopes lighted and the slopes facing away from the sun in shadow are darkened Begin this example by loading the gtopo30 elevation raster Start the GRASS toolbox and under the Raster category double click to open Spatial analysis Ly Terrain analysis Then click r shaded relief to open the module Change the azimuth angle to 315 Enter gtopo30_shade for the new hillshade raster and click run When the process completes add the hillshade raster to the map You should see it displayed in grayscale 102 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 7 9 2 GRASS module examples To view both the hill shading and the colors of the gtopo30 together shift the hillshade map below the gtopo30 map in the table of contents then open the Pr
143. d multipolygon Delete Ring The Delete Ring tool allows to delete ring polygons inside an existing area This tool only works with polygon layers It doesn t change anything when it is used on the outer ring of the polygon This tool can be QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 63 3 5 Editing used on polygon and mutli polygon features Before you select the vertices of a ring adjust the vertex edit tolerance Delete Part The Delete Part tool allows to delete parts from multifeatures e g to delete polygons from a multi polygon feature It won t delete the last part of the feature this last part will stay untouched This tool works with all multi part geometries point line and polygon Before you select the vertices of a part adjust the vertex edit tolerance Reshape Features You can reshape line and polygon features using the Reshape Features icon on the toolbar It re places the line or polygon part from the first to the last intersection with the original line With polygons this can sometime lead to unintended results It is mainly useful to replace smaller parts of a polygon not major overhauls and the reshapeline is not allowed to cross several polygon rings as this would generate an invalide polygon Note The reshape tool may alter the starting position of a polygon ring or a closed line So the point that is represented twice will not be the same any more This may not be a problem for most applications but it is s
144. d on first order derivative estimation Aspect Exposition starting with O for north direction in degrees counterclockwise Ruggedness factor A quantitative measurement of terrain heterogeneity Total curvature A curvature measure that combines plan and profile curvature Using the plugin 1 Start QGIS and load a DEM raster layer 2 Load the Raster Terrain Modelling plugin in the Plugin Manager see Section 9 1 1 and click on the Raster Terrain Modelling icon which appears in the QGIS toolbar menu The Raster Terrain Modelling plugin dialog appears as shown in Figure 10 41 3 Select an analysis method e g Slope gt 4 Specify an output file path and an output file type 5 Click Ok QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 171 10 16 Quick Print Plugin om Raster based terrain anah 2 _ o Input layer Output layer Output format _ Add result to project OK pl Cancel Figure 10 41 Raster Terrain Modelling Plugin A 10 16 Quick Print Plugin The Quick Print Plugin makes it possible to export the current map canvas to PDF format quickly and easily with minimal effort The only parameters that need to be specified are a Map Title a Map Name and the Paper Size See Figure 10 42 If you require additional control over the map layout please use the print composer plugin described in Section 8 172 lan Saja o QGIS Quick Print Plugin x Quick Print Map Title e g ACME inc
145. d selecting the CRS The active CRS is preselected 3 Proj4 text this is the CRS string used by the Proj4 projection engine This text is read only and provided for informational purposes 86 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide g Project Properties 2 2 a General Coordinate Reference System CRS Identifiable layers Enable on the fly CRS transformation Coordinate Reference System Authority ID ID Voirol 1875 Paris EPSG 4811 3619 Voirol 1879 EPSG 4671 3514 Voirol 1879 Paris EPSG 4821 3628 WGS 66 EPSG 4760 3603 WGS 72 EPSG 4322 3450 WGS 72BE EPSG 4324 3451 EPSG 4326 WGS72 IGNF WGS72G 10050 Wake Island 1952 EPSG 4733 3576 proj longlat ellps WGS84 datum WGS84 no_defs Search Authority All v Searchfor ID v Hide deprecated CRSs Find Recently used coordinate references systems Coordinate Reference System Authority ID ID NAD27 Alaska Albers EPSG 2964 932 WGS 84 EPSG 4326 3452 Help Y OK Apply Cancel Figure 6 2 Projection Dialog A 4 Search if you know the EPSG code the identifier or the name for a Coordinate Reference Sys tem you can use the search feature to find it Enter the identifier and click on Use the Hide deprecated CRSs checkbox to show only the currently valid projections 5 Recently used CRS if you have certain CRS that you frequently use in your everyday GIS work these will be displayed in the table at the bottom of the Projection Dialog Click on one of these buttons t
146. data q gsherman madison current 3 2 6 Vector layers crossing 180 longitude Many GIS packages don t wrap vector maps with a geographic reference system lat lon crossing the 180 longitude line As result if we open such map in QGIS we will see two far distinct locations that should show near each other In Figure 3 4 the tiny point on the far left of the map canvas Chatham Islands should be within the grid right of New Zealand main islands 1GiST index information is taken from the PostGIS documentation available at http postgis refractions net QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 39 3 3 SpatiaLite Layers JBABBSG RA REBLPO CREPE WARARAARSHO NVRR Zoe QO AA PAI EAS AE A MENA 08 u gt amp nz 5deg grid LL NS 255453 Scale 11137 Render Eg Figure 3 4 Map in lat lon crossing the 180 longitude line A workaround is to transform the longitude values using PostGIS and the ST_Shift_Longitude function This function reads every point vertex in every component of every feature in a geometry and if the longitude coordinate is lt 0 adds 360 to it The result would be a 0 360 version of the data to be plotted in a 180 centric map Figure 3 5 Map crossing 180 longitude applying the ST_Shift_Longitude function A Usage Import data to PostGIS 3 2 4 using for example the PostGIS Manager plugin or the
147. data displayed to only show cells whose values are within a given number of standard deviations of the mean for the layer This is useful when you have one or two cells with abnormally high values in a raster grid that are having a negative impact on the rendering of the raster This option is only available for pseudocolor images Three band color This selection offers you a wide range of options to modify the appearance of your rasterlayer For example you could switch color bands from the standard RGB order to something else Also scaling of colors are available QGIS Tip 23 VIEWING A SINGLE BAND OF A MULTIBAND RASTER If you want to view a single band for example Red of a multiband image you might think you would set the Green and Blue bands to Not Set But this is not the correct way To display the Red band set the image type to grayscale then select Red as the band to use for Gray 4 3 2 Transparency Tab QGIS has the ability to display each raster layer at varying transparency levels Use the transparency slider to indicate to what extent the underlying layers if any should be visible though the current raster layer This is very useful if you like to overlay more than one rasterlayer e g a shaded relief map overlayed by a classified rastermap This will make the look of the map more three dimensional QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 73 4 3 Raster Properties Dialog Additionally you can enter a rastervalue which should
148. database tables that can be loaded and load them on request However if you have trouble loading a PostgreSQL table into QGIS the information below may help you understand any QGIS messages and give you direction on changing the PostgreSQL table or view definition to allow QGIS to load it QGIS requires that PostgreSQL layers contain a column that can be used as a unique key for the layer For QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 37 3 2 PostGIS Layers tables this usually means that the table needs a primary key or a column with a unique constraint on it In QGIS this column needs to be of type int4 an integer of size 4 bytes Alternatively the ctid column can be used as primary key If a table lacks these items the oid column will be used instead Performance will be improved if the column is indexed note that primary keys are automatically indexed in PostgreSQL If the PostgreSQL layer is a view the same requirement exists but views don t have primary keys or columns with unique constraints on them In this case QGIS will try to find a column in the view that is derived from a suitable table column It does this by parsing the view definition SQL However there are several aspects of SQL that QGIS ignores these include the use of table aliases and columns that are generated by SQL functions If a suitable column cannot be found QGIS will not load the layer If this occurs the solution is to alter the view so that it does include a suitable co
149. ded by or through arrangements made by any one entity If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of you may not add another but you may replace the old one on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one The author s and publisher s of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version 5 COMBINING DOCUMENTS You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents unmodified and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers The combined work need only contain one copy of this License and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it in parentheses the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known or else a unique number Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the
150. define the general project wide snapping tolerance QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 57 3 5 Editing mu Snapping options x Layer Mode Tolerance Units airports to vertex s o map units 2 grassl to vertex 2 0 map units de alaska to vertex 2 0 map units gt j builtups to vertex a 0 map units CESTA Figure 3 24 Edit snapping options on a layer basis 3 5 2 Zooming and Panning Before editing a layer you should zoom in to your area of interest This avoids waiting while all the vertex markers are rendered across the entire layer Apart from using the and icons on the toolbar with the mouse navigating can also be done with the mouse wheel spacebar and the arrow keys Zooming and panning with the mouse wheel While digitizing you can press the mouse wheel to pan inside of the main window and you can roll the mouse wheel to zoom in and out on the map For zooming place the mouse cursor inside the map area and roll it forward away from you to zoom in and backwards towards you to zoom out The mouse cursor position will be the center of the zoomed area of interest You can customize the behavior of the mouse wheel zoom using the Map tools tab under the Settings L_ Options gt menu Panning with the arrow keys Panning the Map during digitizing is possible with the arrow keys Place the mouse cursor inside the map ar
151. der Edit Ly gt Options Gnome OSX or Settings Ly gt Options KDE Windows See Figure 6 1 Prompt for CRS Project wide default CRS will be used Global default CRS displayed below will be used The global default CRS proj longlat ellps WGS84 datum WGS84 no_defs comes predefined in QGIS but can of course be changed and the new definition will be saved for subsequent QGIS sessions If you want to define the coordinate reference system for a certain layer without CRS information you can also do that in the General tab of the raster 4 3 4 and vector 3 4 8 properties dialog If your layer already has a CRS defined it will be displayed as shown in Figure 3 6 85 6 3 Define On The Fly OTF Projection QGIS Options x When layer is loaded that has no coordinate reference system CRS Prompt for CRS Project wide default CRS will be used Global default CRS displayed below will be used proj longlat ellps WGS684 datum WGS84 no_defs _ General Rendering Maptools Overlay Digitizing CRS Locale Proxy Select Global Default CES Figure 6 1 CRS tab in the QGIS Options Dialog A 6 3 Define On The Fly OTF Projection QGIS does not have OTF projection enabled by default and this function is currently only supported for vector layers To use OTF projection you must open the Project Propertie
152. documentation Features QGIS offers many common GIS functionalities provided by core features and plugins As a short summary they are presented in six categories to gain a first insight View data You can view and overlay vector and raster data in different formats and projections without conversion to an internal or common format Supported formats include spatially enabled PostgreSQL tables using PostGIS vector formats supported by the installed OGR library including ESRI shapefiles MapInfo SDTS and GML see Appendix A 1 for the complete list Raster and imagery formats supported by the installed GDAL Geospatial Data Abstraction Library library such as GeoTiff Erdas Img ArcInfo Ascii Grid JPEG PNG see Appendix A 2 for the complete list SpatiaLite databases see Section 3 3 GRASS raster and vector data from GRASS databases location mapset see Section 7 Online spatial data served as OGC compliant Web Map Service WMS or Web Feature Service WFS see Section 5 OpenStreetMap data see Section 10 14 Explore data and compose maps You can compose maps and interactively explore spatial data with a friendly GUI The many helpful tools available in the GUI include Foreword on the fly projection map composers overview panel spatial bookmarks identify select features edit view search attributes feature labeling change vector and raster
153. dow See Figure 10 30 use the drop down list to choose one connection and use the button to establish a connection You may also the connection by opening the previous dialog and making changes to the connection information or Use the button to remove the connection from the drop down list 10 13 2 Selecting a GeoRaster Once a connection has been established the sub datasets window will show the names of all the tables that contains GeoRaster columns in that database in the format of a GDAL subdataset name Click on one of the listed subdatasets and then click on to choose the table name Now another list of subdatasets will show with the names of GeoRaster columns on that table This is usually a short list since most users will not have more than one or two GeoRaster columns on the same table Click on one of the listed subdatasets and then click on to choose one of the the table column combination The dialog will now show all the rows that contains GeoRaster objects Note that the subdataset list will now show the Raster Data Table and Raster Id s pairs At anytime the Selection entry can be edited in order to go directly to a known GeoRaster or to go back to the beginning and select another table name The Selection data entry can also be used to enter a Where clause at the end of the identification string e g geor scott tiger orcl gdal_import raster geoid See http www gdal org frmt_georaster html for more information
154. dress In PDF form internal links are shown in blue while external links are shown in red and are handled by the system browser In HTML form the browser displays and handles both identically User Installation and Coding Guide Authors and Editors Tara Athan Radim Blazek Godofredo Contreras Otto Dassau Martin Dobias Peter Ersts Anne Ghisla Stephan Holl N Horning Magnus Homann K Koy Lars Luthman Werner Macho Carson J Q Farmer Tyler Mitchell Claudia A Engel Brendan Morely David Willis Jurgen E Fischer Marco Hugentobler Gavin Macaulay Gary E Sherman Tim Sutton With thanks to Bertrand Masson for the layout to Tisham Dhar for preparing the initial msys MS Windows environment documentation to Tom Elwertowski and William Kyngesburye for help in the MAC OSX Installa tion Section and to Carlos Davila Paolo Cavallini and Christian Gunning for revisions If we have neglected to mention any contributors please accept our apologies for this oversight Copyright 2004 2010 Quantum GIS Development Team Internet http www qgis org License of this document Permission is granted to copy distribute and or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Doc umentation License Version 1 3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections no Front Cover Texts and no Back Cover Texts A copy of the license is included in section D entitled GNU Free Documentation License Contents
155. ds values and operators to construct the query or you can just type it into the SQL box The Values list lists the values of an attribute To list all possible values of an attribute select the attribute in the Fields list and click the button To list all values of an attribute that are present in the sample table select the attribute in the Fields list and click the button To add a value to the SQL where clause field double click its name in the Values list The Operators section contains all usable operators To add an operator to the SQL where clause field click the appropriate button Relational operators gt string comparison operator LIKE logical operators AND OR are available The button clears the text in the SQL where clause text field The button shows a message box with the number of features satisfying the current query which is usable in the process of query construction The button closes the window and selects the features satisfying the query The button closes the window without changing the current selection QGIS Tip 22 CHANGING THE LAYER DEFINITION You can change the layer definition after it is loaded by altering the SQL query used to define the layer To do this open the vector Layer Properties dialog by double clicking on the layer in the legend and click on the Query Builder button on the General tab See Section 3 4 for more information 68 QGIS 1
156. e B alaska Layer E cat 600 Actions 4 View feature form Derived AREA_MI 535693 726324 NAME Alaska cat 600 Figure 3 21 Select feature and choose action When we click on the action it brings up Firefox and navigates to the URL http www google com search a Tustumena It is also possible to add further attribute fields to the action Therefore you can add a to the end of the action text select another field and click on Insert Field In this example there is just no other field available that would make sense to search for You can define multiple actions for a layer and each will show up in the Identify Results dialog You can think of all kinds of uses for actions For example if you have a point layer containing locations of images or photos along with a file name you could create an action to launch a viewer to display the image You could also use actions to launch web based reports for an attribute field or combination of fields specifying them in the same way we did in our Google search example 3 4 11 Diagram Tab The tab allows you to add a grahic overlay to a vector layer To activate this feature open the Plugin Manager and select the Diagram Overlay plugin After this there is a new tab in the vector Layer Properties dialog where the settings for diagrams may be entered see figure 3 22 The current implementation of diagrams provides support for piech
157. e aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the Document If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document then if the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate the Document s Cover Texts may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole aggregate 8 TRANSLATION Translation is considered a kind of modification so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4 Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original 194 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide versions of these Invariant Sections You may include a translation of this License and all the license notices in the Document and any Warranty Disclaimers provided that you also include the original English version of this License and the original versions of those notices and disclaimers In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer the original version will prevail a If a section in the Document is Entitled Acknowledgements Dedications or History the requirement section 4 to Preserve its Title se
158. e just double click in the appropriate row of column Value and type or select a new value If you want to remove a tag click in its row then use button Remove selected tags on the right bottom under the table To add new tags just type its key and value into the last row of the table where lt next tag value gt is written Notice that you cannot change the key of an existing tag pair For comfortable usage there are some combo boxes of all existing tag keys and their typical values Point creation For point creation there is a o Create point button on the OSM Feature widget To create some points just click on the button and start clicking on the map If your cursor is over some map feature the feature is QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 165 10 14 OpenStreetMap Plugin Quantum GIS 1 2 0 Unstable Trunk File Edit View Layer Settings Plugins Tools Help f A22 908 0 BES SEB OSM Feature E x Pel elle lo la Feature TYPE ID Line 16785997 CREATED 09 06 27 20 44 USER Petr Dlouh i Properties Relations Key Value created_by Potlatch 0 10b highway residential lt new tag here gt e o OSM Feature Layers PAUSED Leftclick to continue 14 41331 50 12019 Scale 1 4966 0 Render E Figure 10 34 Changing an OSM feature tag A marked identified immediately If you click on the map when a line or polygon is marked a new poi
159. e matching alignment icon All selected will then be aligned within to their common bounding box 8 9 Creating Output Figure 8 10 shows the print composer with an example print layout including each type of map element de scribed in the sections above The print composer allows you to create several output formats and it is possible to define the resolution print quality and paper size The 8 icon allows to print the layout to a connected printer or a Postscript file depending on installed printer drivers The Export as image icon exports the composer canvas in several image formats such as PNG BPM TIF JPG The Export as PDF saves the defined print composer canvas directly as a PDF The Export as SVG icon saves the print composer canvas as a SVG Scalable Vector Graphic Note Currently the SVG output is very basic This is not a QGIS problem but a problem of the under laying Qt library This will hopefully be sorted out in future versions 8 10 Saving and loading a print composer layout With the Save as template and Load from template icons you can save the current state of a print composer session as a qpt template and load the template again in another session QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 117 8 10 Saving and loading a print composer layout g Composer 1 co e aa DA gt XAQOR ESE BD E NOR A E gt General item Map Airports Alaska E
160. e Generic Event Browser window The Generic Event Browser window has three tabs displayed at the top of the window The Display tab is used to view the photograph and its associated attribute data The Options tab provides a number of settings that can be adjusted to control the behavior of the eVis plugin Lastly the Configure External Applications tab is used to maintain a table of file extensions and their associated application to allow eVis to display documents other than images Understanding the Display window To see the Display window click on the Display tab in the Generic Event Browser window The Display window is used to view geocoded photographs and their associated attribute data Display window A window where the photograph will appear Increase zoom button Zoom in to see more detail If the entire image cannot be displayed in the display window scroll bars will appear on the left and bottom sides of the window to allow you to pan around the image Reduce zoom button Zoom out to see more area Zoom to full extent button Displays the full extent of the photograph Attribute information window All of the attribute information for the point associated with the photo graph being viewed is displayed here If the file type being referenced in the displayed record is not an image but is of a file type defined in the Configure External Applications tab then when you double click
161. e and same attributes It is also possible to select more than one Layer or Group at the same time by holding down the CTRL Key while selecting the Layers with the left mouse button You can than move all selected Layers to a new Group at the same time You are also able to delete more than one Layer or Group at once by selecting several Layers with the CTRL Key and pressing CTRL D afterwards This way all selected Layers or Groups will be removed from the Layerlist 2 2 4 Map View This is the business end of QGIS maps are displayed in this area The map displayed in this window will depend on the vector and raster layers you have chosen to load see sections that follow for more information on how to load layers The map view can be panned shifting the focus of the map display to another region and zoomed in and out Various other operations can be performed on the map as described in the toolbar description above The map view and the legend are tightly bound to each other the maps in view reflect changes you make in the legend area QGIS Tip 4 ZOOMING THE MAP WITH THE MOUSE WHEEL You can use the mouse wheel to zoom in and out on the map Place the mouse cursor inside the map area and roll the wheel forward away from you to zoom in and backwards towards you to zoom out The mouse cursor position is the center where the zoom occurs You can customize the behavior of the mouse wheel zoom using the Map tools
162. e ee 159 10 13 2 Selecting a GeoRaster c as aema o o e ee 160 10133 Displaying GeoRaster o o o a a aaa a A a a a E a 160 10 14 OpenStreetMap Plugin aoaaa 0 ee 161 POT WTR o ooo ee ee ia a a OR A RR RR ARA RA 163 10 14 2 Basic user interface ooa ee A 163 10 14 3 Loading OSMidata o o ca coets ostaa ba ee sis a ee 164 10 14 4 Viewing OSM data o e ee 165 10 14 5 Editing basic OSM data ok ee 165 10 14 6 Editing relations gt gee eee bw ee PPE a RA Oe A 167 10 14 7 Downloading OSM data o ee ee 168 10148 Uploading OSM dala lt 2c nen ene eee eee eR EE ee We eee a aa 169 10 149 Saving OSM data ssr aw ee a a ea 170 10 14 10lmport OSM data ocos a aca e e e aa aa ee a a a a a 170 10 15 Raster Terrain Modelling Plugin 2 2 ee a 171 10 16 Guik Pant PIGG o a a A a a aaia Re a oe Eo 172 11 Other core plugins 175 12 Using external QGIS Python Plugins 177 13 Help and Support 179 TT MAMOE e ii a A a E ee K A EOE E A 179 Wee IRG a eee a an daa eee eee ee ee ee a ee ee ae 180 ho BUG WACK Lt Oe eee Eh a ee R OE e ER EERO Oe ee 180 Woe BOT AA 180 Wee WA ete ee ace a A eee AE Ste a ap Geet o Boe ee cee 180 A Supported Data Formats 181 A1 DORA Vector Formals oo SEEDER ARG eee ae OEE EMER Oe a 181 A2 GDAL Raster Formats 6g 6 cee ea ee eR EY a A ea a 182 B GRASS Toolbox modules 185 B 1 GRASS Toolbox modules 6 6 lt lt lt lt a 185 C GNU General Public Li
163. e external plugins themselves and is not included in this manual 2 You will find an up to date list of Official plugins in the Official QGIS Repository at http qgis osgeo org download plugins html This list is also available automatically from the Plugins installer via Fetch Python Plugins Icon External Plugin Description Zoom To Point Zooms to a coordinate specified in the input dialog You can specify the zoom level as well to control the view extent E Plugin Installer The most recent Python Plugin Installer Table 12 1 Current moderated external QGIS Plugins A detailed description of the installation procedure for external python plugins can be found in Section 9 1 2 QGIS Tip 47 ADD MORE REPOSITORIES To add the User contributed repository and or several external author repositories open the Plu gin Installer Plugins Ly Fetch Python Plugins go to the Repositories tab and click Add 3rd party repositories If you do not want one or more of the added repositories they can be disabled via the button or completely removed with the button 1Updates of core plugins may be available in this repository as external overlays 2fTools Mapserver Export and the Plugin Installer are Python plugins but they are also part of the QGIS sources and are automatically loaded and enabled inside the QGIS Plugin Manag
164. e of the database Connect A button to connect to the database using the parameters defined above Output Console The console window where messages related to processing are displayed Username Username for use when a database is password protected Password Password for use when a database is password protected Predefined Queries Tab to open the Predefined Queries window Database Connection Tab to open the Database Connection window SQL Query Tab to open the SQL Query window Help Displays the on line help OK Close the main Database Connection window Running SQL queries SQL queries are used to extract information from a database or ODBC resource In eVis the output from these queries is a vector layer added to the QGIS map window Click on the SQL Query tab to display the SQL query interface SQL commands can be entered in this text window A helpful tutorial on SQL commands is available at http www w3schools com sql For example to extract all of the data from a worksheet in an Excel file select from sheet1 where sheet1 is the name of the worksheet Click on the Run Query button to execute the command If the query is successful a Database File Selection QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 133 10 5 eVis Plugin Database Connection A Predfined Queries Database Connection J _ Database Type ODBC y A Username Database Host localhost
165. e of transformation algorithm is also dependent on the type and quality of input data and the amount of geometric distortion that you are willing to introduce to final result Currently following algorithms are available The Linear algorithm is used to create a world file and is different from the other algorithms as it does not actually transform the raster This algorithm likely won t be sufficient if you are dealing with scanned material The Helmert transformation performs simple scaling and rotation transformations The Polynomial algorithms 1 3 are among the most widely used algorithms for georeferencing and each one differs by the degree of distortion introduced to match source and destination ground control points The most widely used polynomial algorithm is the second order polynomial transformation which allows some curvature First order polynomial transformation affine preserves colliniarity and allows scaling translation and rotation only The Thin plate spline TPS algorithm is a more modern georeferencing method which is able to introduce local deformations in the data This algorithm is useful when very low quality originals are being georeferenced Define the Resampling method The type of resampling you choose will likely depending on your input data and the ultimate objective of the exercise If you don t want to change statistics of the image you might want to choose Nearest neighbour whereas a Cub
166. e projection for the qgis sample dataset is Alaska Albers Equal Area with unit feet The EPSG code is 2964 PROJCS Albers Equal Area GEOGCS NAD27 DATUM North_American_Datum_1927 SPHEROID Clarke 1866 6378206 4 294 978698213898 AUTHORITY EPSG 7008 TOWGS84 3 142 183 0 0 0 0 AUTHORITY EPSG 6267 PRIMEM Greenwich 0 AUTHORITY EPSG 8901 1 UNIT degree 0 0174532925199433 AUTHORITY EPSG 9108 AUTHORITY EPSG 4267 PROJECTION Albers_Conic_Equal_Area PARAMETER standard_parallel_1 55 PARAMETER standard_parallel_2 65 PARAMETER latitude_of_center 50 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 9 1 5 Sample Session PARAMETER longitude_of_center 154 PARAMETER false_easting 0 PARAMETER false_northing 0 UNIT us_survey_feet 0 3048006096012192 If you intend to use QGIS as graphical frontend for GRASS you can find a selection of sample locations e g Spearfish or South Dakota at the official GRASS GIS website http grass osgeo org download data php 1 5 Sample Session Now that you have QGIS installed and a sample dataset available we would like to demonstrate a short and simple QGIS sample session We will visualize a raster and a vector layer We will use the landcover raster layer QGIS _sample_data raster landcover img and the lakes vector layer QGIS _sample_data gml lakes gml start QGIS A Start QGIS by typing QGIS at a command prompt or if using precompiled
167. e raster sharing a common pixel value Each polygon is created with an attribute indicating the pixel value of that polygon The utility will create the output vector datasource if it does not already exist defaulting to ESRI shapefile format Merge This utility will automatically mosaic a set of images All the images must be in the same coordinate system and have a matching number of bands but they may be overlapping and at different resolutions In areas of overlap the last image will be copied over earlier ones Sieve The gdal_sieve py script removes raster polygons smaller than a provided threshold size in pixels and replaces replaces them with the pixel value of the largest neigh bour polygon The result can be written back to the existing raster band or copied into a new file Proximity The gdal_proximity py script generates a raster proximity map indicating the distance from the center of each pixel to the center of the nearest pixel identified as a target pixel Target pixels are those in the source raster for which the raster pixel value is in the set of target pixel values Near Black This utility will scan an image and try to set all pixels that are nearly black or nearly white around the collar to exactly black or white This is often used to fix up lossy compressed airphotos so that color pixels can be treated as transparent when mosaicing 142 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 10 7 3 Examples War
168. e special characters will be replaced by the value of the field that was selected from the identify results or attribute table see Using Actions below Double quote marks can be used to group text into a single argument to the program script or command Double quotes will be ignored if preceded by a backslash If you have field names that are substrings of other field names e g co11 and co110 you should indicate so by surrounding the field name and the character with square brackets e g 4co110 This will prevent the co110 field name being mistaken for the co11 field name with a 0 on the end The brackets will be removed by QGIS when it substitutes in the value of the field If you want the substituted field to be surrounded by square brackets use a second set like this co110 The Identify Results dialog box includes a Derived item that contains information relevant to the layer type The values in this item can be accessed in a similar way to the other fields by using preceeding the derived field name by Derived For example a point layer has an X and Y field and the value of these can be used in the action with Derived X and Derived Y The derived attributes are only available from the Identify Results dialog box not the Attribute Table dialog box Two example actions are shown below konqueror http www google com search q nam konqueror http www
169. e values within a specified field with each value having a different symbol To change the symbology for a layer simply double click on its legend entry and the vector Layer Properties dialog will be shown Style Options Within this dialog you can style your vector layer Depending on the selected rendering option you have the possibility to also classify your mapfeatures At least the following styling options apply for nearly all renderers Fill options Fill style Style for filling Beside the given brushes you can select Fill style Texture vy QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 41 3 4 The Vector Properties Dialog amp Layer Properties Legend type Figure 3 7 Symbolizing Options A 0 New symbology Single Symbol gt Tanspareray o p Fil options Graduated Syntol gt Tianeparray 0 0 neweyntobgy CA el E B C Feme osansye semne Load sye J sae C reme osaunsye EA Le rv ce E a Single symbol Q Layer Properties SHE gend type gend type Unique Value Transpareroy 0 New symbology ass casa mese ciasses_ Fandom caora resi cos 3 Label Outline width fozo El Labels Labels Be bi Sheers opine p ap E BO ee exer Peto petasmsyie SaeAsdeiaut Load Sil ji Save sye C esos petasmsyie
170. e we 129 1052 EXENTID TO o asana eek a a ee ee ee a AA AAA 132 10 5 3 Database CONTIECRON ssi she aa eee a hee ee Re a 133 100 TOOS PIO a ao ee el PERS PRAM Grace E ale 138 10 7 DAL Tools PIUA lt lt lt 28 2484 rara ASP RE PE Pelee A ee we 142 10 7 1 Whatie GDALToole 26526 ewe ae Dee Ee ee ee ee a 142 1 72 THe GDALLIBIY lt o ce dae eee doe awe eee eke Pee oe 142 TOS EXAmMpleS 0 o ee ee ee ee a Ee eee 143 10 8 Georeferencer Plugin o oo 148 109 GPS PIO ie da eee eer ee BA ae ee me RE Eee ee A ee ta 151 109 1 Wha SGPS cias id A Si He 151 10 9 2 Loading GPS data from a file c0o00o o ooooooooc o 152 IAS OPEBIGEL ee ae a ee AA EE ES 152 10 9 4 Importing GPS data o o c essare reene eww eee 152 10 9 5 Downloading GPS data from a device o o e 153 10 9 6 Uploading GPS data to a device o o o e e 2 0 153 10 9 7 Defining new device types o ee 153 10 10 Interpolation Plugini gt o 2022000 bee a naaa A 154 1041 MapServer Export PIUQIN 6 26 occ ee eee ee eee eee eee ee a ee 155 10 11 17 Creating the Project File ee a a ee Ee ae ee Bee ee aa 156 1011 2 Creating Wie Map File 22m oa RR a AA ae 156 10 11 39 Testing ihe Map File lt lt o se ee de are Ge ee en a ee ES a 158 10 12 OGR Converter Plugit 02 6 62 Cw a a ee a 158 10 13 Oracle GeoRaster Plugin aoaaa ee 159 vi 10 13 1 Managing connections 22 oo e
171. eSQL layers using the PostGIS extension QGIS Tip 2 EXAMPLE USING COMMAND LINE ARGUMENTS You can start QGIS by specifying one or more data files on the command line For example assuming you are in the qgis_sample_data directory you could start QGIS with a vector layer and a raster file set to load on startup using the following command agis raster landcover img gml lakes gml Command line option snapshot This option allows you to create a snapshot in PNG format from the current view This comes in handy when you have a lot of projects and want to generate snapshots from your data Currently it generates a PNG file with 800x600 pixels This can be adapted using the width and height command line arguments A filename can be added after snapshot Command line option 1ang Based on your locale QGIS selects the correct localization If you would like to change your language you can specify a language code For example lang it starts QGIS in italian localization A list of currently supported languages with language code and status is provided at http www qgis org wiki GUI_Translation_Progress Command line option project Starting QGIS with an existing project file is also possible Just add the command line option project followed by your project name and QGIS will open with all layers loaded described in the given file Command line option extent To start with a specific map extent use this option You ne
172. ea and click on the right arrow key to pan east left arrow key to pan west up arrow key to pan north and down arrow key to pan south You can also use the spacebar to temporarily cause mouse movements to pan then map The PgUp and PgDown keys on your keyboard will cause the map display to zoom in or out without interrupting your digitising session Topological editing Besides layer based snapping options the General tab in menu Settings LL Project Properties also provides some topological functionalities In the Digitizing option group you can Enable topological editing and or activate _Avoid intersections of new polygons Enable topological editing The option Enable topological editing is for editing and maintaining common boundaries in polygon mo saics QGIS detects a shared boundary in a polygon mosaic and you only have to move the vertex once and QGIS will take care about updating the other boundary 58 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 3 5 3 Digitizing an existing layer Avoid intersections of new polygons The second topological option called Avoid intersections of new polygons avoids overlaps in polygon mosaics It is for quicker digitizing of adjacent polygons If you already have one polygon it is possible with this option to digitise the second one such that both intersect and QGIS then cuts the second polygon to the common boundary The advantage is that users don t have to d
173. ect borders of a region as group of ways and points routes of a bus etc Each member of a relation has its specific role There is a pretty good support for OSM Relations in our plugin Let s see how to examine create update or remove them Examining relation If you want to see relation properties first identify one of its members After that open the Relations tab on the OSM Feature widget At the top of the tab you can see a list of all relations the identified feature is part of Please choose the one you want to examine and look at its information below In the first table called Relation tags you find the properties of the selected relation In the table called Relation members you see brief information on the relation members If you click on a member the plugin will make a rubberband on it in the map Relation creation There are 2 ways to create a relation 1 You can use the Create relation button on OSM Feature widget 2 You can create it from the Relation tab of OSM Feature widget using the Add relation button QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 167 10 14 OpenStreetMap Plugin In both cases a dialog will appear For the second case the feature that is currently identified is automatically considered to be the first relation member so the dialog is prefilled a little When creating a relation please select its type first You can select one of predefined relation types or write your own t
174. ector file to be converted Target Format Datset Layer Enter OGR format and path to the vector output file Using the Plugin 1 Start QGIS load the OGR converter plugin in the Plugin Manager see Section 9 1 1 and click on the OGR Layer Converter icon which appears in the QGIS toolbar menu The OGR Layer Converter plugin dialog appears as shown in Figure 10 28 http openlayers org presentations mappingyourdata 2Supported formats may vary according to the installed GDAL OGR package 158 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide OGR Layer Converter x Source Format ESRI Shapefile e File Directory Dataset vmap0_shapefiles alaska shp Browse Layer alaska gt Target Format GML o Dataset sample_data gml alaska gml Browse Layer cancel 45 ok Figure 10 28 OGR Layer Converter Plugin 4b 2 Select the OGR supported format e g ESRI Shapefile and the path to the vector input file e g alaska shp in the Source area 3 Select the OGR supported format e g GML and define a path and the vector output filename e g alaska gm1 in the Target area 4 Click Ok 10 13 Oracle GeoRaster Plugin In Oracle databases raster data can be stored in SDO_GEORASTER objects available with the Oracle Spatial extension In QGIS the Oracle GeoRaster Plugin is supported by GDAL and depends on Oracle s Database product being installed and working on your
175. ed 2 Click on Plugins L Decorations gt Ls Copyright Label or use the Copyright Label button from the Toolbar 3 Enter the text you want to place on the map You can use HTML as shown in the example 4 Choose the placement of the label from the Placement Bottom Right drop down box 5 Make sure the _ Enable Copyright Label checkbox is checked 6 Click OK In the example above default places a copyright symbol followed by the date in the lower right hand corner of the map canvas 10 2 2 North Arrow Plugin The North Arrow plugin places a simple north arrow on the map canvas At present there is only one style available You can adjust the angle of the arrow or let QGIS set the direction automatically If you choose to let QGIS determine the direction it makes its best guess as to how the arrow should be oriented For placement of the arrow you have four options corresponding to the four corners of the map canvas 10 2 3 Scale Bar Plugin The Scale Bar plugin adds a simple scale bar to the map canvas You control the style and placement as well as the labeling of the bar QGIS only supports displaying the scale in the same units as your map frame So if the units of your layers are in meters you can t create a scale bar in feet Likewise if you are using decimal degrees you can t create a scale bar to display distance in meters To add a scale bar 1 C
176. ed The frequency of update checking can be adjusted using the QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 121 9 2 Data Providers dropdown menu and may be adjusted from once a day right up to once a month If a new plugin or update is available for one of the installed plugins a notification will appear in the Status Bar If the checkbox is disabled looking for updates and news is performed only when the Plugin Installer is manually launched from the menu Although the plugin installer update can handle ports different from 80 some internet connections will cause problems when attempting to automatically check for updates In these cases a Looking for new plugins indicator will remain visible in the Status Bar during your entire QGIS session and may cause a program crash when exiting In this case please disable the checkbox In addition you may specify the type of plugins that are displayed by the Plugin Installer Under Allowed plugins you can specify whether you would like to Only show plugins from the official repository Show all plugins except those marked as experimental or Show all plugins even those marked as experimental QGIS Tip 44 USING EXPERIMENTAL PLUGINS Experimental plugins are generally unsuitable for production use These plugins are in the early stages of development and should be considered incomplete or proof of concept tools The QGIS development team does not recommend installing these plugins unless y
177. ed application Specifying the location and name of a photograph The location and name of the photograph can be stored using an absolute or relative path or a URL if the photograph is available on a web server Examples of the different approaches are listed in Table 10 2 Table 10 2 Example format using absolute path relative path and a URL X Y FILE BEARING 780596 1784017 C Workshop eVis_Data groundphotos DSC_0168 JPG 275 780596 1784017 groundphotos DSC_0169 JPG 80 780819 1784015 http biodiversityinformatics amnh org evis_test_data DSC_0170 JPG10 780596 1784017 pdf http www testsite com attachments php attachment_id 12 76 Specifying the location and name of a other supporting documents Supporting documents such as text documents videos and sound clips can also be displayed or played by eVis To do this it is necessary to add an entry in the file reference table that can be accessed from the Configure External Applications window in the Generic Event Browser that matches the file extension to an QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 131 10 5 eVis Plugin Generic Event Browser Displaying records 01 of 01 NE ax Display Options Configure External Applications About File extension and external application in which to load a document of that type C Program Fies Adobe Reader 8 0 Reader AcroRd32 exe a Figure 10 9 The eVis External Applications window ay application that can
178. ed to add the bounding box of your extent in the following order separated by a comma extent xmin ymin xmax ymax Command line option nologo This command line argument hides the splash screen when you start QGIS Command line option noplugins If you have trouble at startup with plugins you can avoid loading them at startup They will still be available in Plugins Manager afterwards Command line option optionspath You can have multiple configurations and decide which one to use when starting QGIS using this option See 2 7 to check where does the operating system save the settings files Presently there is no way to specify in which file where to write the settings therefore you can create a copy of the original settings file and rename it Command line option configpath This option is similar to the one above but furthermore overrides the default path qgis for user configuration and forces QSettings to use this directory too This allows users to e g carry QGIS installation on a flash drive together with all plugins and settings 2 2 QGIS GUI When QGIS starts you are presented with the GUI as shown below the numbers 1 through 6 in yellow ovals refer to the six major areas of the interface as discussed below 14 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 2 2 1 Menu Bar g Quantum GIS OO E File Edit View Layer Settings Plugins Wector Help ab Sodas RRO SOPAS O e axaaas Ses iS Lacro pan BODOSIEADOS L
179. ee ee 14 RESTORING TOOLBARS i i060 2 Oa Aa ee aa be ed a 19 ZOOMING THE MAP WITH THE MOUSE WHEEL 2 ce 20 PANNING THE MAP WITH THE ARROW KEYS AND SPACE BAR 0 0 000000 21 CALCULATING THE CORRECT SCALE OF YOUR MAP CANVAS 0 0 0 0 00 eee eae 21 USAG PRONES cocoa eee hae eA AA eR a a las A 28 LAYER de AI we ok DAA ae ete en aw Ga Sb GA ee A a 34 LOAD LAYER AND PROJECT FROM MOUNTED EXTERNAL DRIVES ONOS X 34 OGIS USER SETTINGS AND SECURITY aoa ciie san ee aiba 36 POSTGIS LAYERS su 6 a ha A A A ae a ee A 37 EXPORTING DATASETS FROM POSTGIS 38 IMPORTING SHAPEFILES CONTAINING POSTGRESQL RESERVED WORDS 38 CONCURRENT EDITS a ac c r riina a a aa 56 SAVE REGULARES aa sa aca n naana a e e aa aa 59 ATTRIBUTE VALUE TYPES 0 ce 60 VERTEX MARKERS na oc cioa oto anm cette tae OU BS Ba A a we ee we te ee 60 CONGRUENCY OF PASTED FEATURES r eea irea 61 FEATURE DELETION SUPPORT oa ioraa aeaa ee a aa oe 62 DATA INTEGRITY oo eed woke REG Sh eS tb ek hah OR OR ER ee 62 MANIPULATING ATTRIBUTE DATA 2 ee ee 68 CHANGING THE LAYER DEFINITION aa mrana 68 VIEWING A SINGLE BAND OF A MULTIBAND RASTER 73 GATHERING RASTER STATISTICS ee 75 ON WMS SERVER URLS 2 1 ee 78 IMAGE ENCODING 1 Kenana aaa aaa 78 WMS LAYER ORDERING 6 ci racco A Slaw Fb ek le he a te a 79 WMS LAYER TRANSPARENCY
180. ees 39 3 26 Vector layers crossing 180 longitude o 39 39 Spailalie Layers lt ga satis Duo a rar a AAA oe eee 40 3 4 The Vector Properties Dialog 2 45 ee a Ee ee 41 Del III 41 3 42 New Generation Symbology o e o 43 3 4 3 Working with the New Generation Symbology o e 44 3 4 4 Style Manager to manage symbols and color ramps o 48 O40 labels RD ccoo ia AA AAA a 48 346 New Labeling ooo occidente o e ee ES 50 34 7 Attributes TD o it a eee ee ee ee ee ee 51 348 General Tab ea ae DEED ELGAR ee da ea Ee eee e 52 S40 Metadata TaD obert ns de OME Eee DDE ihe eee ks 53 SCT ACUSE Re IA to oe 53 24A Dagam Wek Do ie ee ee a aa amp ii ee kd 55 90 o emo 2 0 ich le A Lee es 56 3 5 1 Setting the Snapping Tolerance and Search Radius 004 56 3202 ZOCMINGANG PANNING gt s ss bc e OE Ew DD ee 58 353 Digitizing an existing layer lt lt lt we ee ee 59 354 Advanced digitizing a s s 44 eee bbe RR eee eee ee eee aes 62 3 5 5 Creating a new Shapefile and Spatialite layer 65 3 5 6 Working with the Attribute Table 0 o 66 36 Query Builder o sace soe oe ey ee ee a a RR ne 68 37 Field Calculator lt lt lt iran aa a eR ee 69 Working with Raster Data 71 4 1 Whatis raster data is o s a soine a a A a aa 71 42 Loading taster data in QGIS o o oeo cc a a ee al
181. elect labeling and attributes functions Working with GRASS vector data is described in Section 7 3 1 ESRI Shapefiles The standard vector file format used in QGIS is the ESRI Shapefile Support is provided by the OGR Simple Feature Library http www gdal org ogr A shapefile actually consists of several files The following three are required shp file containing the feature geometries dbf file containing the attributes in dBase format shx index file Shapefiles also can include a file with a prj suffix which contains the projection information While it is very useful to have a projection file it is not mandatory A shapefile dataset can contain additional files For further details see the ESRI technical specification at http www esri com library whitepapers pdfs shapefile pdf Problem loading a shape prj file If you load a shapefile with prj file and QGIS is not able to read the coordinate reference system from that file you have to define the proper projection manually within the General tab of the Layer Properties dialog This is due to the fact that prj files often do not provide the complete projection parameters as used in QGIS and listed in the dialog For that reason if you create a new shapefile with QGIS two different projection files are created A prj file with limited projection parameters compatible with ESRI software and a qpj file providing the complete parameters of t
182. en writing vector files using the table of contents context menu s Save as option you can now specify OGR creation options Inthe table of contents it is now possible to select and remove or move several layers at once Labelling New generation only Data defined label position Line wrapping data defined font and buffer settings Layer properties and symbology Three new classification modes added to graduated symbol renderer version 2 including Natural Breaks Jenks Standard Deviations and Pretty Breaks based on pretty from the R statistical envi ronment Improved loading speed of the symbol properties dialog Data defined rotation and size for categorized and graduated renderer symbology ng Use size scale also for line symbols to modify line width Replaced raster histogram implementation with one based on Qwt Added option to save histogram as image file Show actual pixel values on x axis of raster histogram Added ability to interactively select pixels from the canvas to populate the transparency table in the raster layer properties dialog Allow creation of color ramps in vector color ramp combo box Added style manager button to symbol selector so that users will find the style manager more easily Map Composer add capability to show and manipulate composer item width height in item position dialog Composer items can now be deleted with the backspace k
183. ength gt 0 Table 10 4 fTools Analysis tools Research tools available via the fTools plugin Tool Purpose PHE O 5 Random selection Randomly select n number of features or n percentage of features A des Random selection within subsets Randomly select features within subsets based on a unique ID field Random points Generate pseudo random points over a given input layer Regular points Generate a regular grid of points over a specified region and export them as a point shapefile Vector grid Generate a line or polygon grid based on user specified grid spacing Select by location Select features based on their location relative to another layer to form a new selection or add or subtract from the current selection M o ARE Polygon from layer extent Create a single rectangular polygon layer from the extent of an input raster or vector layer Table 10 5 fTools Research tools QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 139 10 6 fTools Plugin Geoprocessing tools available via the fTools plugin Icon Tool Purpose Convex hull s Create minimum convex hull s for an input layer or based on an ID field Create buffer s around features based on distance or dis aa Pullen tance field Fog Overlay layers such that output contains areas where both Gi Intersect 3 layers intersect E Union Overlay la
184. ent data Checking this option means that new data should replace current data the user is working with Layers of current data will be removed and new ones will be loaded When loading OSM data for the first time this option is not active because there is nothing to replace Use custom renderer This option determines how many details of the map will be used There are three pre defined OSM styles for map displaying Use Small scale if you want to view OSM data at low level to see all details and to edit something If not you can use or QGIS 1 6 0 doesn t support changing the renderer style dynamically Click to load your data If this is the first time OSM file is loaded the plugin must first parse the database This may take few seconds or minutes it depends on the amount of loaded data 10 14 4 Viewing OSM data After OSM data are loaded you can identify map features using the appropriate tool Use the Identify feature button on the top left of OSM Feature widget Using this tool you can easily ex plore all map objects When the mouse cursor is placed over an object you can see all information on it directly in the OSM Feature widget There is also a dynamic rubberband displayed on the map so that the user is able to determine which feature is currently identified The tab of the widget contains of all feature tags Clicking on the Relation tab shows you a list of all relations connected with identified feature
185. enter the offset in the text box or click the From Attribute radio button to select the attribute field containing the QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 129 10 5 eVis Plugin Generic Event Browser Displaying records 06 of 56 COMMENTS Secondary shrub FILE C Workshop eVis_Data groundphotos DSC_0173 3PG BEARING_N so E Figure 10 7 The eVis display window 7 offsets For both of these options east declinations should be entered using positive values and west declinations should use negative values Directory base path The base path onto which the relative path defined in Figure 10 8 A will be appended Replace path If this check box is checked only the file name from the A will be appended to the Base Path Apply rule to all documents If checked the same path rules that are defined for photographs will be used for non image documents such as movies text documents and sound files If not checked the path rules will only apply to photographs and other documents will ignore the Base Path parameter Save settings If the check box is checked the values for the associated parameters will be saved for the next session when the window is closed or when the Save button below is pressed Reset values Resets the values on this line to the default setting Restore faults This will reset all of the fields to their default settings It has the same effect as clicking all of the R
186. er see Section 9 1 2 177 13 Help and Support 13 1 Mailinglists QGIS is under active development and as such it won t always work like you expect it to The preferred way to get help is by joining the qgis users mailing list Your questions will reach a broader audience and answers will benefit others qgis users This mailing list is used for discussion of QGIS in general as well as specific questions regarding its installation and use You can subscribe to the qgis users mailing list by visiting the following URL http lists osgeo org mailman listinfo qgis user fossgis talk liste For the german speaking audience the german FOSSGIS e V provides the fossgis talk liste mailing list This mailing list is used for discussion of open source GIS in general including QGIS You can subscribe to the fossgis talk liste mailing list by visiting the following URL https lists fossgis de mailman listinfo fossgis talk liste qgis developer If you are a developer facing problems of a more technical nature you may want to join the qgis developer mailing list here http lists osgeo org mailman listinfo qgis developer qgis commit Each time a commit is made to the QGIS code repository an email is posted to this list If you want to be up to date with every change to the current code base you can subscribe to this list at http lists osgeo org mailman listinfo qgis commit qgis trac This list provides email notification related to p
187. erence system dialog requires only two parameters to define a 88 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 7 GRASS GIS Integration The GRASS plugin provides access to GRASS GIS 2 databases and functionalities This includes visualiza tion of GRASS raster and vector layers digitizing vector layers editing vector attributes creating new vector layers and analysing GRASS 2D and 3D data with more than 300 GRASS modules In this Section we ll introduce the plugin functionalities and give some examples on managing and working with GRASS data Following main features are provided with the toolbar menu when you start the GRASS plugin as described in Section 7 1 a Rena iu ra A Ena 09 Passa Qu Pausa tu Create new GRASS vector 4 ara 1 passa Ca Pares E Eta ar 7 1 Starting the GRASS plugin To use GRASS functionalities and or visualize GRASS vector and raster layers in QGIS you must select and load the GRASS plugin with the Plugin Manager Therefore click the menu Plugins LL Manage Plugins select GRASS gt and click OK You can now start loading raster and vector layers from an existing GRASS LOCATION see Section 7 2 Or you create a new GRASS LOCATION with QGIS see Section 7 3 1 and import some raster and vector data see Section 7 4 for further analysis with the GRASS Toolbox see Section 7 9 7 2 Loading GRASS raster and vector layers
188. es Es gd merge connected lines to avoid duplicate labels Ke Becherof Lake ae 5 E _ features dont act as obstacles for labels Engine settings oK Cancel Coordinate 72041 3958636 Scale 39049949199 v Render k Figure 3 18 Smart labeling of vector polygon layers A 3 4 7 Attributes Tab Furthermore the number of candidates can be defined for point line and polygon features and you can define whether to show all labels including colliding labels and label candidates for debugging 3 4 7 Attributes Tab Within the Attributes tab the attributes of the selected dataset can be manipulated The buttons and Delete Column can be used when the dataset is Editing mode At the moment only columns from PostGIS layers can be removed and added The OGR library supports to add new columns but not to remove them if you have a GDAL version gt 1 6 installed edit widget Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column If you click on the edit widget button a dialog opens where you can define different widgets These widgets are value as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog spin box QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide Line edit an edit field which allows to enter simple text or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes Class
189. eset buttons Save This will save the settings without closing the Options pane Understanding the Configure External Applications window File reference table A table containing file types that can be opened using eVis Each file type needs 130 a file extension and the path to an application that can open that type of file This provides the capability of opening a broad range of files such as movies sound recordings and text documents instead of only images QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 10 5 1 Event Browser Generic Event Browser Displaying records 06 of 56 21 xi Display Options Configure External Applications About Save H A G Attribute Containing Path to File FILE y Path Is Relative Display Compass Bearing ezaren x B Q Compass Offset Manual C 0 0 gt From Attribute ALTITUDE v O The base path or url from which images and documents can be relative Base Path O Replace entire path url stored in image path attribute with user defined O Base Path e keep only filename from attribute F_ Apply Path to Image rules when loading docs in external applications Restore Defaults J Save Figure 10 8 The eVis Options window gy Add new file type Add a new file type with a unique extension and the path for the application that can open the file Delete current row Delete the file type highlighted in the table and defined by a file extension and a path to an associat
190. esides boundaries and centroids a vector map can also contain points and lines All these geometry ele ments can be mixed in one vector and will be represented in different so called layers inside one GRASS vector map So in GRASS a layer is not a vector or raster map but a level inside a vector layer This is important to distinguish carefully It is possible to store several layers in one vector dataset For example fields forests and lakes can be stored in one vector Adjacent forest and lake can share the same boundary but they have separate attribute tables It is also possible to attach attributes to boundaries For example the boundary between lake and forest is a road so it can have a different attribute table The layer of the feature is defined by layer inside GRASS Layer is the number which defines if there are more than one layer inside the dataset e g if the geometry is forest or lake For now it can be only a number in the future GRASS will also support names as fields in the user interface Attributes can be stored inside the GRASS LOCATION as DBase or SQLITES or in external database tables for example PostgreSQL MySQL Oracle etc Attributes in database tables are linked to geometry elements using a category value Category key ID is an integer attached to geometry primitives and it is used as the link to one key column in the database table QGIS Tip 35 LEARNING THE GRASS VECTOR MO
191. example toposheet all white areas would be transparent Finally Load in QGIS when done loads the output raster automatically into the QGIS map canvas when the transformation is done Show and adapt raster properties Clicking on the Raster properties dialog in the Settings gt menu opens the raster properties of the layer that you want to georeference Configure the georeferencer You can define if you want to show GCP coordiniates and or IDs As residual units pixels and map units can be chosen For the PDF report a left and right margin can be defined and you can also set the paper size for the PDF map Finally you can activate to show georeferencer window docked Running the transformation After all GCPs have been collected and all transformation settings are defined just press the button gt Start georeferencing to create the new georeferenced raster 10 9 GPS Plugin 10 9 1 What is GPS GPS the Global Positioning System is a satellite based system that allows anyone with a GPS receiver to find their exact position anywhere in the world It is used as an aid in navigation for example in airplanes in boats and by hikers The GPS receiver uses the signals from the satellites to calculate its latitude longitude and sometimes elevation Most receivers also have the capability to store locations known as waypoints sequences of locations that make up a planned route and a
192. extent QGIS fetches all features from the WFS server If you only want to have a small selection based on your extent zoom to the area of interest request the WFS layer again and make sure you have checked the checkbox mentioned above Basically this addes the BBOX parameter with the values from you current extent to the WFS query This is extremly usefull when you only want to request some features from a huge WFS dataset You ll notice the download progress is visualized in the left bottom of the QGIS main window Once the layer is loaded you can identify and select a province or two and view the attribute table Remember this plugin works best with MapServer WFS servers It still could be that you might experience random behavior and crashes You can look forward to improvements in a future version of the plugin This means that only WFS 1 0 0 is supported At this point there have not been many test against WFS versions implemented in other WFS servers If you encounter problems with any other WFS server please do not hesitate to contacting the development team Please refer to Section 13 for further information about the mailinglists QGIS Tip 31 FINDING WFS SERVERS You can find additional WFS servers by using Google or your favorite search engine There are a number of lists with public URLs some of them maintained and some not QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 83 5 4 WFS and WFS T Client Add WFS Layer from a Server Server connect
193. ey Sorting for composer attribute table several columns and ascending descending 4 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide Conventions This section describes a collection of uniform styles throughout the manual The conventions used in this manual are as follows GUI Conventions The GUI convention styles are intended to mimic the appearance of the GUI In general the objective is to use the non hover appearance so a user can visually scan the GUI to find something that looks like the instruction in the manual Menu Options Layer l Add a Raster Layer or Settings I Toolbars gt IL V Digitizing Tool Add a Raster Layer Botton Save as Default Dialog Box Title Layer Properties Tab General Toolbox _ nviz Open 3D View in NVIZ Checkbox Render Radio Button e Postgis SRID EPSG ID Selecta Number Hue 60 S Select a String Outline style Solid Line v Browse for a File Select a Color Outline color Slider Transparency 10 020mm Input Text Display Name lakes shp A shadow indicates a clickable GUI component Conventions Text or Keyboard Conventions The manual also includes styles related to text keyboard commands and coding to indicate different entities such as classes or methods They don t correspond to any actual appearance Hyperlinks http agis org Keystro
194. ff and on using the right mouse button holding the mouse over the toolbar Export to SVG supported but it is not working properly with some recent QT4 versions You should try and check individual on your system 107 8 2 Using Print Composer 8 1 Open a new Print Composer Template Before you start to work with the print composer you need to load some raster and vector layers in the QGIS map canvas and adapt their properties to suite your own convenience After everything is rendered and symbolized to your liking you click the 2 New Print Composer icon in the toolbar or choose File Ly New Print Composer o 8 2 Using Print Composer g Composer 1 OOA 0 File View Layout x A gt 5 5 laa ea RAQO Ld SEASON A E General Item Composition Map 1 y A Paper and quality F Size da AR AA ae Bl aw as A4 210x297 mm E eS E O E E E E eT Units ska oe A E we el ee a os al A 2 woe a eae eee ew ee a ee Width 297 00 e Te 8 38 6 ce w 8 8 8 w amp 61 f Height 210 00 4 Sa Go Get Ge eine et ee wre ee Go Boe ws aaa ce A EA A O ae bree O Landscape y E S A o O TS TA O TT TO E A O A TO TU A A SN E E a f Quality 300 dpi a IIA A Printas raster Some we Nee ie Ge gs Gt el a a are wt ne wll aN an eee aan Oe ee a te Se om ae Ob
195. g options A Layer Properties ProvincialBoundaryLine x Renderer Categorized X Symbol levels Old symbology Column PROVNAME M Symbology Symbol change color ramp red yellow o symboz value Label Eastern Cape Eastern Cape Free State Free State Gauteng Gauteng KwaZulu Natal KwaZulu Natal Limpopo Limpopo Mpumalanga Mpumalanga North West North West Northern Cape Northern Cape Western Cape Western Cape Labels Attributes DIA ada perete perete ais Advanced v l Restore Default Style Save As Default l Load Style Save Style wo ema a You can create a custom color ramp choosing New color ramp from the Color ramp dropdown menu A dialog will prompt for the ramp type Gradient Random ColorBrewer then each one has options for number of steps and or multiple stops in the color ramp See 3 10 for an example of custom color ramp Figure 3 10 Example of custom gradient color ramp with multiple stops Y Gradient color ramp x 7 Multiple stops Add stop aa5500 30 4ce500 70 Preview Graduated Renderer The Graduated Renderer is used to render all the features from a layer using a single user defined symbol whose color reflects the classification of a selected feature s attribute to a class Like Categorized Renderer it allows to define rotation a
196. g with Data defined allow you to set all the parameters for the labels using fields in the layer Not that the Label tab provides a preview box where your selected label is shown 3 4 6 New Labeling The new Labeling core application provides smart labeling for vector point line and polygon layers and only requires a few parameters This new application will replace the current QGIS labeling described in section 3 4 5 and also supports on the fly transformated layers Using new labeling 1 Start QGIS and load a vector point line or polygon layer 2 Activate the layer in the legend and click on the Labeling icon in the QGIS toolbar menu Labeling point layers First step is to activate the Label this layer checkbox and select an attribute column to use for labeling After that you can define the label placement and text style labeling priority scale based visibility if every part of multipart feature is to be labeled and if features act as obstacles for labels or not see Figure 3 16 g Quantum GIS 1 4 0 Enceladus 2 8 Layar abating i 2s o0 Q Ele Edt View Layer Setings Plugins Help DE aye ute Danis BRP RPP ER ORRA Q NP Few aves NAME v On rt 20h oO Placement Layers 7 port around point Label distance 8 pixels J Blakes FAIRBANKS NTL Ak majrivers over point Rotation 0 degrees 8 alaska a Tex style Priority Fort Sans Serif 8 Low A Hgh cosets coo J ji S
197. grade plugin button will be enabled invalid this means that the plugin is installed but is unavailable or broken The reason will be explained in the plugin description field Plugins tab To install a plugin select it from the list and click the Install plugin button The plugin is then activated and installed in its own directory A Linux and other unices share qgis python plugins home USERNAME qgis python plugins X Mac OS X Contents MacOS share qgis python plugins Users S USERNAME qgis python plugins R 7 Windows C Program Files QGIS python plugins C Documents and Settings bUSERNAME qgis python plugins If the installation is successful a confirmation message will appear If the installation fails the reason for the failure will be displayed in a warning dialog Most often errors are the result of connection problems and or missing Python modules In the former case you will likely need to wait before trying the install again in the latter case you should install the missing modules relevant to your operating system prior to using the plugin A For Linux most required modules should be available mn via a package manager id For install instructions in Windows visit the module home page If you are using a proxy you may need to configure it under Edit LL gt Options Gnome OSX or Settings Ly gt Options KDE Windows on the Proxy tab
198. grid type The Draw annotation checkbox allows to add coordinates to the map frame The annotation can be drawn inside or outside the map frame As annotation direction can be defined horizontal vertical horizontal and vertical or boundary direction And finally you can define the grid color the annotation font the annotation distance from the map frame and the precision of the drawn coordinates General options dialog The General options dialog of the map item tab provides following functionalities see Figure 8 3b Here you can define color and outline width for the element frame set a background color and opacity for the map canvas The button opens the 110 Set items position dialog and allows to set the QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide Grid type Solid v Interval X 0 00000 Interval Y 0 00000 Offset X 0 00000 Offset Y 0 00000 Cross width 3 00000 Line width 0 00000 Draw annotation Annotation position Outside frame X Annotation direction l Horizontal y a Frame color Line color a A i Opacity Font p Distance to map frame Outline width l 1 00 0 30 S Coordinate precision Bastion 3 x X Show frame a Grid dialog b General options dialog Figure 8 3 Print Composer
199. have one that does not work with any of the device types listed in the Download from GPS and Upload to GPS tools you can define your own device type for it You do this by using the GPS device editor which you start by clicking the Edit devices button in the download or the upload tabs To define a new device you simply click the button enter a name a download command and an upload command for your device and click the button The name will be listed in the device menus in the upload and download windows and can be any string The download command is the command that is used to download data from the device to a GPX file This will probably be a GPSBabel command but you can use any other command line program that can create a GPX file QGIS will replace the keywords type fin and out when it runs the command QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 153 10 10 Interpolation Plugin type will be replaced by w if you are downloading waypoints r if you are downloading routes and t if you are downloading tracks These are command line options that tell GPSBabel which feature type to download in will be replaced by the port name that you choose in the download window and out will be replaced by the name you choose for the GPX file that the downloaded data should be stored in So if you create a device type with the download command gpsbabel type i garmin o gpx in out this is actually the
200. he Query Builder dialog on the General tab To access the Layer Properties dialog double click on a layer in the legend or right click on the layer and select Properties gt from the popup menu Layer Properties ProvincialBoundary x A Options Pog Display name Provincialsoundary Display field provicooe Symbology Edit UI IE lucia Create Spatial Index Init function Specify CRS proj longlat ellps wGse4 datum wGS84 no_defs C Use scale dependent rendering Minimum 9 900006 Maximum 990000 Subset Attributes b MA General p Query Builder Metadata E Restore Default Style Save As Default Load Style Save Style Help Apply Cancel Ok Figure 3 6 Vector Layer Properties Dialog A 3 4 1 Symbology Tab QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are displayed Currently the following renderers are available Single symbol a single style is applied to every object in the layer Graduated symbol objects within the layer are displayed with different symbols classified by the values of a particular field Continuous color objects within the layer are displayed with a spread of colours classified by the numerical values within a specified field Unique value objects are classified by the uniqu
201. he attribute the description is shown in the comboo box You can define values manually or load them from a layer or a CSV file Enumeration Opens a combo box with values that can be used within the columns type This is currently only supported by the postgres provider Immutable The immutable attribute column is read only The user is not able to modify the content Hidden A hidden attribute column is invisible The user is not able to see its content Checkbox Displays a checkbox and you can define what attribute is added to the column when the checkbox is activated or not Text edit This opens a text edit field that allows multiple lines to be used Calendar Opens a calendar widget to enter a date Column type must be text 3 4 8 General Tab The General tab is essentially like that of the raster dialog It allows you to change the display name set scale dependent rendering options create a spatial index of the vector file only for OGR supported formats and PostGIS and view or change the projection of the specific vetor layer 52 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 3 4 9 Metadata Tab The Query Builder button allows you to create a subset of the features in the layer but this button currently only is available when you open the attribute table and select the button next to Advanced search 3 4 9 Metadata Tab The Metadata tab contains general information about the layer including specifics ab
202. he rule based renderer is used to render all the features from a layer using rule based symbols whose color reflects the classification of a selected feature s attribute to a class The example in figure 3 12 shows the rule based rendering dialog for the rivers layer of the QGIS sample dataset Point displacement The point displacement renderer offers to visualize all features of a point layer even if they have the same location To do this the symbols of the points are placed on a displacement circle around a center symbol Symbol Properties The symbol properties dialog allows the user to specify different properties of the symbol to be rendered In the top left part of the dialog you find a preview of the current symbol as it will be displayed in the map canvas Below the preview is the list of symbol layers To start the symbol properties dialog click the Properties button in the Symbology tab of the Layer Properties dialog The control panels allow adding or removing layers changing the position of layers or locking layers for color changes In the right part of the dialog there are shown the settings applicable to the single symbol layer 46 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 3 4 3 Working with the New Generation Symbology E Layer Properties majrivers 2 in a E Renderer Rule based v Symbol levels Old symbology Rules any scale at LENGTH 0 D Add LENGTH 171 8
203. he three supported types of data are Node Way and Relation Anode is a latitude longitude pair of coordinates It is used as building a block for other features and as a feature itself Points Of Interest if they are tagged as required A way is a list of at least two nodes that describe a linear feature such as a street or similar Nodes can be members of multiple ways A relation is a group of zero or more primitives with associated roles lt is used to specify relationships between objects and may also model an abstract object Several different logical features in a common map Point Of Interest Street Tram Line Bus Stop etc are defined by these primitives Map features are well known in the OSM community and are stored as tags based of a key and a value OSM is usually distributed in XML format XML payload is used for the communication with the OSM server as well QGIS OSM Connection The first part of this section describes how OSM data primitives are displayed in QGIS vector layers As written above OSM data consist of Nodes Ways and Relations In QGIS they are displayed in three different layer types Point layer Line layer and Polygon layer It s not possible to remove any of these layers and work with the other ones A Point layer displays all features of type Node that stands alone That means that only Nodes that are not included in any Way belongs to the Point layer A
204. he used CRS Whenever QGIS finds a qpj file it will be used instead of the prj 3 1 1 Loading a Shapefile To load a shapefile start QGIS and click on the Add Vector Layer toolbar button or simply type Ctrl Shift V_ This will bring up a new window see Figure 3 1 From the available options check e File Click on That will bring up a standard open file dialog see Figure 3 2 which allows you to navigate the file system and load a shapefile or other supported data source The selection box Files of type allows you to preselect some OGR supported file formats You can also select the Encoding type for the shapefile if desired 33 3 1 ESRI Shapefiles g Add vector layer 2 Y OX Source type e File Directory Database Protocol Encoding System v Source Dataset data qgis_sample_datafvmap0_shapefiles alaska shp Help Y Open Cancel Figure 3 1 Add Vector Layer Dialog A Selecting a shapefile from the list and clicking loads it into QGIS Figure 3 3 shows QGIS after loading the alaska shp file QGIS Tip 8 LAYER COLORS When you add a layer to the map it is assigned a random color When adding more than one layer at a time different colors are assigned to each layer Once loaded you can zoom around the shapefile using the map navigation tools To change the symbology of a layer open the Layer Properties dialog by double clicking on the layer name or by right clicking on
205. her considered as being per project or as a default for new projects see Section 2 7 QGIS can save the state of your workspace into a project file using the menu options Ly amp Save Project or Ly 4 Save Project As Load saved projects into a QGIS session using File LL 4 Open Project or File Ly Open Recent Project gt If you wish to clear your session and start fresh choose Ly New Project Either of these menu 24 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide options will prompt you to save the existing project if changes have been made since it was opened or last saved The kinds of information saved in a project file include e Layers added e Layer properties including symbolization e Projection for the map view e Last viewed extent The project file is saved in XML format so it is possible to edit the file outside QGIS if you know what you are doing The file format was updated several times compared to earlier QGIS versions Project files from older QGIS versions may not work properly anymore To be made aware of this in the General tab under Settings LL Options gt you can select Promt to save project changes when required Warn when opening a project file saved with an older version of QGIS Project Properties R In the properties window for the project under File L Project Properties Pl or Settings
206. ic resampling will likely provide a more smoothed result It is prossible to choose between five different resampling methods 1 Nearest neighbour 2 Linear 3 Cubic 150 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 4 Cubic Spline 5 Lanczos Define the transformation settings There are several options that need to be defined for the georeferenced output raster The checkbox Create world file is only available if you decide to use the linear transformation type because this means that the raster image actually won t be transformed In this case the field Output raster is not activated because only a new world file will be created For all other transformation type you have to define an Output raster As default a new file file name _modified will be created in the same folder together with the original raster image As a next step you have to define the Target SRS Spatial Reference System for the georeferenced raster see section 6 lf you like you can generate a pdf map and also a pdf report The report ncludes information about the used transformation parameters An image of the residuals and a list with all GCPs and their RMS errors Furthermore you can activate the _ Set Target Resolution checkbox and define pixel resolution of the output raster Default horizontal and vertical resolution is 1 The Use 0 for transparency when needed can be activated if pixels with the value O shall be visu alized transparent In our
207. ich you want to return to Another possibility to trigger an undo operation is to click on the buttons in the advanced digitizing tool bar Quantum GIS 1 2 0 Daphnis File Edit View Layer Settings Plugins Tools Help J44285 R PF F CHAEBW gt eRESSORR RARA gt v BS k gt A7neeKQo rad a 8OROR gt m Layers EJES 0 2 miles Undo Redo Feature moved Features split Ring added 7 Redo QGIS 2009 95 486813 2894078 Scale 1 126896 0 Render k Figure 3 26 Redo and Undo digitizing steps A Simplify Feature The Simplify Feature tool allows to reduce the number of vertices of a feature as long as the geometry doesn t change You need to select a feature it will be highlighted by a red rubber band and a slider appears Moving the slider the red rubber band is changing its shape to show how the feature is being simplified Clicking the new simplified geometry will be stored If a feature cannot be simplified e g MultiPolygons a message shows up Add Ring You can create ring polygons using the 0 Add Ring icon in the toolbar This means inside an existing area it is possible to digitize further polygons that will occur as a hole so only the area in between the boundaries of the outer and inner polygons remain as a ring polygon Add Part You can add part polygons to a selected multipolygon The new part polygon has to be digitized outside the selecte
208. ification Displays a combo box with the values used for classification if you have chosen unique Range Allows to set numeric values from a specific range The edit widget can be either a slider or a Unique value The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table If editable is 51 3 4 The Vector Properties Dialog Dialog Search method Chain fast Number of candidates Point 8 Line 8 Polygon 8 Show all labels i e including colliding labels Show label candidates for debugging OK Cancel Figure 3 19 Dialog to change label engine settings A g Layer Properties General Symbology Metadata Labels Actions Attributes a 7 id name type length precision comment edit widget alias 10 cat Integer 10 0 Line edit 2 1 NA3 String 80 0 Classification ay 2 ELEV Real 32 3 File name 4 3 F_CODE String 80 0 Line edit 5 4 IKO String 80 0 Attribute Edit Dialog NAME 2 0005 6 5 NAME String 80 0 Classification v 7 6 USE String 80 0 Displays combo box containing values of attribute used for classification Restore Default Style Save As Default OK Cancel Help tel Figure 3 20 Dialog to select an edit widget for an attribute column A activated a line edit is shown with autocompletion support otherwise a combo box is used File name Simplifies the selection by adding a file chooser dialog Value map a combo box with predefined items The value is stored in t
209. igitize all vertices of the common boundary 3 5 3 Digitizing an existing layer By default QGIS loads layers read only This is a safeguard to avoid accidentally editing a layer if there is a slip of the mouse However you can choose to edit any layer as long as the data provider supports it and the underlying data source is writable i e its files are not read only Layer editing is most versatile wnen used on PostgreSQL PostGIS data sources In general editing vector layers is divided into a digitizing and an advanced digitizing toolbar described in Section 3 5 4 You can select and unselect both under Settings L Toolbars gt Using the basic digitizing tools you can perform the following functions Icon Purpose Icon Purpose e A Toggle editing e Adding Features Capture Point y e Adding Features Capture Line amp Adding Features Capture Polygon lt gt pr v Move Feature e Node Tool Delete Selected AP Cut Features ES Copy Features B Paste Features Save edits and continue Table 3 2 Vector layer basic editing toolbar All editing sessions start by choosing the Toggle editing option This can be found in the context menu after right clicking on the legend entry for that layer Alternately you can use the Toggle editing button from the digitizing toolbar to start or stop the editing mode Once the layer is in edit mode m
210. igure 10 19 Add points to the raster image A QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 149 10 8 Georeferencer Plugin The points that are added to the map will be stored in a separate text file filename points usually together with the raster image This allows us to reopen the Georeferencer plugin at a later date and add new points or delete existing ones to optimize the result The points file contains values of the form mapX mapY pixelX pixelY You can use the E Load GCP Points and E Save GCP Points buttons to manage the files Within the GCP table you can click on a column header and therewith enable e g numerical sorting The GCP list is automatically updated Defining the transformation settings After you have added your GCPs to the raster image you need to define the transformation settings for the georeferencing process g Transformation settings iw O x Transformation type Polynomial 1 v Resampling method Nearest neighbour v Compression NONE v Output raster atalrasterllandcover_modified tif fa Target SRS EPSG 2964 y 8 Generate pdf report Set Target Resolution Horizontal Vertical Use 0 for transparency when needed Load in QGIS when done Help Y OK Cancel Figure 10 20 Defining the georeferencer transformation settings A Available Transformation algorithms Depending on how many ground control point you have captured you may want to use different transformation algorithms Choic
211. ilable in QGIS are based on those defined by EPSG and are largely abstracted from the spa tial_references table in PostGIS version 1 x The EPSG identifiers are present in the database and can be used to specify a CRS in QGIS In order to use OTF projection your data must contain information about its coordinate reference system or you have to define a global layer or project wide CRS For PostGIS layers QGIS uses the spatial reference identifier that was specified when the layer was created For data supported by OGR QGIS relies on the presence of a format specific means of specifying the CRS In the case of shapefiles this means a file con taining the Well Known Text WKT specification of the CRS The projection file has the same base name as the shapefile and a prj extension For example a shapefile named alaska shp would have a corresponding projection file named alaska prj Whenever you select a new CRS the used layer units will automatically be changed in the General tab of the Project Properties dialog under the Edit Gnome OSX or Settings KDE Windows menu 6 2 Specifying a Projection QGIS no longer sets the map CRS to the coordinate reference system of the first layer loaded When you start a QGIS session with layers that do not have a CRS you need to control and define the CRS definition for these layers This can be done globally or project wide in the tab un
212. in the current raster layer Statistics are gathered on a need to know basis so it may well be that a given layers statistics have not yet been collected This tab is mainly for information You cannot change any values printed inside this tab To update the statistics you need to change to tab Histogram and press the button on the bottom right see ch 4 3 7 4 3 6 Pyramids Tab Large resolution raster layers can slow navigation in QGIS By creating lower resolution copies of the data pyramids performance can be considerably improved as QGIS selects the most suitable resolution to use depending on the level of zoom You must have write access in the directory where the original data is stored to build pyramids Several resampling methods can be used to calculate the pyramides Average Nearest Neighbour When checking the checkbox Build pyramids internally if possible QGIS tries to build pyramids internally Please note that building pyramids may alter the original data file and once created they cannot be removed If you wish to preserve a non pyramided version of your raster make a backup copy prior to building pyramids 4 3 7 Histogram Tab The Histogram tab allows you to view the distribution of the bands or colors in your raster You must first generate the raster statistics by clicking the button You can choose which bands to display by selecting them in the list box at
213. ingle Band Rendering This selection offers you two possibilites to choose At first you can select which band you like to use for rendering if the dataset has more than one band The second option offers a selection of available colortables for rendering The following settings are available through the dropdownbox color map Grayscale Y where grayscale is the default setting Also available are Pseudocolor Freak Out Colormap When selecting the entry color map Colormap Y the tab Colormap becomes available See more on that at chapter 4 3 3 72 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 4 3 2 Transparency Tab Render as Single band gray O Three band color Invert color map RGB mode band selection and scaling Red band Band 1 v Green band Band 2 v Blue band Band 3 v d Default R 1 G 2 B 3 Colormap BL Custom min max values Zr Red min 0 Red max 255 General Green min 0 Green max 255 Blue min 0 Blue max 255 O Use standard deviation 0 00 Metadata ae Note Minimum Maximum values are estimates user defined or calculated from the current extent 5 Load min max values from band Contrast enhancement na Estimate faster Current No Stretch vil Pyramids Actual slower Default No Stretch Current extent Load i Restore Default Style Save As Default Load Style Save Style e Help of Apply Cancel Y OK Figure 4 1 Raster Layers Properties Dialog A QGIS can restrict the
214. ion fo Camptocamp org WMS server with content suitable for OpenStreetMap Add selected row to WMS list Add Le close 20061 of 20061 bytes of capabilities downloaded Figure 5 2 Dialog for searching WMS servers after some keywords As you can see it is possible to enter a search string in the textfield an hit the button After a short while the search result will be populated into the tab below the textfield Browse the result list and inspect your searchresults within the table To visualize the results select an table entry press the Add selected row to WMS list button and change back to the server tab QGIS automatically has updated your server list and the selected searchresult is already enabled in the list of saved WMS servers You only need to request the list of layers by clicking the button This option is quite handy when you want to search maps by specific keywords Basically this option is a frontend to the API of http geopole org 80 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 5 2 5 Tilesets 5 2 5 Tilesets When using WMS C Cached WMS Services like http labs metacarta com wms c Basic py you are able to browse through the tiles tab given by the server Additional information like tilesize formats and supported CRS are listed in this table In combination with this feature you can use the tile scale slider from the View tile scale slider gt which gives
215. ions Frida WFS Eat Delete Abstract Coordinate reference system epsg 31467 _ Only request features overlapping the current view extent Help Figure 5 3 Adding a WFS layer 4 QGIS Tip 32 ACCESSING SECURE WFS SERVERS Within the dialog Create a new WFS connection QGIS does not support authenficated WFS connections yet Within one of the next releases we expect to also support authenticated WFS servers Meanwhile you could use InteProxy http inteproxy wald intevation org for accessing authenticated WFS servers 84 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 6 Working with Projections QGIS allows users to define a global and project wide CRS Coordinate Reference System for layers without a pre defined CRS It also allows the user to define custom coordinate reference systems and supports on the fly OTF projection of vector layers All these features allow the user to display layers with different CRS and have them overlay properly 6 1 Overview of Projection Support QGIS has support for approximately 2 700 known CRS Definitions for each of these CRS are stored in a SQLite database that is installed with QGIS Normally you do not need to manipulate the database directly In fact doing so may cause projection support to fail Custom CRS are stored in a user database See Section 6 4 for information on managing your custom coordinate reference systems The CRS ava
216. ip 20 DATA INTEGRITY It is always a good idea to back up your data source before you start editing While the authors of QGIS have made every effort to preserve the integrity of your data we offer no warranty in this regard 3 5 4 Advanced digitizing Icon Purpose Icon Purpose uN Ny Undo Redo O Simplify Feature Add Ring e Add Part S Delete Ring e Delete Part fe Reshape Features EN Split Features e Merge Selected Features e Rotate Point Symbols Table 3 3 Vector layer advanced editing toolbar Undo and Redo The and tools allow the user to undo or redo the last or a certain step within the vector editing operations Basic view of Undo Redo operations is a widget where all operations are shown 62 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 3 5 4 Advanced digitizing see Figure 3 26 This widget is not displayed by default Widget can be displayed by right clicking on toolbar and activating the Undo Redo check box Undo Redo is however active even if the widget is not displayed When Undo is hit the state of all features and attributes are reverted to the state before the reverted operation happened Changes which are done elsewhere for example from some plugin can show unspecific behavior for some operations which appears in this box The operations can be reverted or they stay the same An action can be triggered by clicking on Undo or Redo buttons or by clicking directly on the item to wh
217. it if you want it that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs and that you know you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of such a program whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that you have You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with two steps 1 copyright the software and 2 offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the software Also for each author s protection and ours we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software If the software is modified by someone else and passed on we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors reputations Finally any free program is threatened constantly by software patents We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses in effect making the program proprietary To prevent this we ha
218. ize Map Tips Y Attributes 2 New Bookmark Ctrl B see Section 2 9 v Attributes se Show Bookmarks Cirl Alt B see Section 2 9 Y Attributes Refresh Ctrl R Y Map Navigation Tile scale slider see Section 5 2 5 v Tile scale Live GPS tracking see Section 2 10 Y GPS Information e Layer New gt see Section 3 5 5 Y Manage Layers Raster calculator see Section 4 4 Add Vector Layer Ctrl Shift V see Section 3 Y Manage Layers amp Add Raster Layer Ctrl Shift R see Section 4 Y Manage Layers amp Add PostGIS Layer Ctrl Shift D see Section 3 2 Y Manage Layers Add SpatiaLite Layer Ctrl Shift L see Section 3 3 Y Manage Layers Add WMS Layer Ctrl Shift W see Section 5 2 Y Manage Layers Open Attribute Table Y Attributes amp Save edits v Digitizing 7 Toggle editing Y Digitizing Save as Save selection as vector file See 3 5 6 Remove Layer Ctrl D Y Properties Properties x Add to Overview Ctrl Shift O Y Manage Layers QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 17 2 2 QGIS GUI Add All To Overview Remove All From Overview Hide All Layers Ctrl Shift H Y Manage Layers 3 Show All Layers Ctrl Shift U Y Manage Layers Labeling e Settings Panels gt Toolbars gt Toggle Full Screen Mode Ctrl F Ctrl Alt P see Section 2 5 see Section 6 4 1 Project Properties Custom CRS Style Manager gt Configure shortcuts Op
219. jection checkbox and select a projected coordinate system of your choice see also Section 6 3 Load the coordinate capture plugin in the Plugin Manager see Section 9 1 1 and ensure that the dialog is visible by going to View gt Panels gt and ensuring that _fCoordinate Capture is enabled The cordinate capture dialog appears as shown in Figure 10 1 4 Click on the Click to the select the CRS to use for coordinate display icon and select a different CRS from the one you selected above 5 To start capturing coordinates click on Start capture You can now click anywhere on the map canvas and the plugin will show the coordinates for both of your selected CRS 6 To enable mouse coordinate tracking click the icon 7 You can also copy selected coordinates to the clipboard 10 2 Decorations Plugins The Decorations Plugins includes the Copyright Label Plugin the North Arrow Plugin and the Scale Bar Plugin They are used to decorate the map by adding cartographic elements 124 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 10 2 1 Copyright Label Plugin 10 2 1 Copyright Label Plugin The title of this plugin is a bit misleading you can add any random text to the map Copyright Label Plugin Y Enable copyright label Enter your copyright label here amp copy QGIS 2010 Placement Bottom Right v cone ENEE Help OK Cancel Figure 10 2 Copyright Label Plugin A 1 Make sure the plugin is load
220. ke Combinations press Ctrl B meaning press and hold the Ctrl key and then press the B key Name of a File Lakes shp Name of a Class NewLayer Method classFactory Server myhost de User Text quis help Code is indicated by a fixed width font PROJCS NAD_1927_Albers GEOGCS GCS_North_American_1927 Platform specific instructions a GUI sequences and small amounts of text can be formatted inline Click A File X QGIS Quit to close QGIS This indicates that on Linux Unix and Windows platforms click the File menu option first then Quit from the dropdown menu while on Macintosh OSX platforms click the QGIS menu option first then Quit from the dropdown menu Larger amounts of text may be formatted as a list bdo this A ag do that e X do something else or as paragraphs A X Do this and this and this Then do this and this and this and this and this and this and this and this and this 2 A Do that Then do that and that and that and that and that and that and that and that and that and that and that and that and that and that and that Screenshots that appear throughout the user guide have been created on different platforms the platform is indicated by the platform specific iconsat the end of the figure caption 6 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 1 Introduction To GIS A Geographical Information System GIS 3 is a collection of software that allows you to create visualize query and a
221. l which includes EPSG PCS and GCSes ie EPSG 4296 PROJ 4 declarations as above or the name of a prf file containing well known text Build Overviews The gdaladdo utility can be used to build or rebuild overview images for most sup ported file formats with one over several downsampling algorithms Clipper This utility will automatically mosaic a set of images All the images must be in the same coordinate system and have a matching number of bands but they may be overlapping and at different resolutions In areas of overlap the last image will be copied over earlier ones ul_lr ulx uly Irx Iry The extents of the output file If not specified the aggregate extents of all input files will be used RGB to PCT This utility will compute an optimal pseudo color table for a given RGB image using a median cut algorithm on a downsampled RGB histogram Then it converts the image into a pseudo colored image using the color table This conversion utilizes Floyd Steinberg dithering error diffusion to maximize output image visual quality PCT to RGB This utility will convert a pseudocolor band on the input file into an output RGB file of the desired format 10 7 3 Examples Below are some examples of use of the tools QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 143 10 7 GDAL Tools Plugin Quantum GIS 1 5 0 Tethys File Edt View Layer Settings Plugins Vector Raster Help Tadda S APS EOS Q Q g Q a a O 6 DEN EGE U
222. layer for editing choose L x New Shapefile Layer from the Layer menu The New Vector Layer dialog will be displayed as shown in Figure 3 28 Choose the type of layer point line or polygon New Vector Layer File format ESRI Shapefile Type e Point Polygon Attributes Name Count Type Integer Width 4 Precision 5 3 Name Type Width Precisior Name String 50 Number Real 8 2 a J OK Cancel Figure 3 28 Creating a new Shapefile layer Dialog A Note that QGIS does not yet support creation of 2 5D features i e features with X Y Z coordinates or measure features At this time only shapefiles can be created In a future version of QGIS creation of any OGR or PostgreSQL layer type will be supported To complete the creation of the new Shapefile layer add the desired attributes by clicking on the button and specifying a name and type for the attribute Only Type Type integer Y and Type string V attributes are supported Additionally and according to the attribute type you can also define the width and precision of the new attribute column Once you are happy with the attributes click and provide a name for the shapefile QGIS will automatically add a shp extension to the name you specify Once the layer has been created it will be added to the map and you can edit it in the same way as described in Section 3 5 3 above Creating a new SpatiaLite l
223. layers for map item a Map dialog gt Map extent X min 1 000 X max 1 000 Y min 1 000 Y max 0 362 Set to map canvas extent b Extents dialog Figure 8 2 Print Composer map item tab Map and Extents dialog A If you change the view on the QGIS map canvas by zooming or panning or changing vector or raster properties you can update the print composer view selecting the map element in the print composer and clicking the Update preview button Extents dialog The Extents dialog of the map item tab provides following functionalities see Figure 8 2b The Map extent area allow to specify the map extent using Y and X min max values or clicking the Set to map canvas extent button If you change the view on the QGIS map canvas by zooming or panning or changing vector or raster properties you can update the print composer view selecting the map element in the print composer and clicking the Update preview button in the map Item tab see Figure 8 2a 8 3 2 Map item tab Grid and General options dialog Grid dialog The Grid dialog of the map item tab provides following functionalities see Figure 8 3a The Show grid checkbox allows to overlay a grid to the map element As grid type you can specify to use solid line or cross Furthermore you can define an interval in X and Y direction an X and Y offset and the width used for cross or line
224. layout can be printed or exported to image formats Postscript PDF or to SVG and you can save the layout as template and load it again in another session See a list of tools in table 8 1 o O 5 Purpose Purpose Load from template Save as template Export to an image format w ys Export as PDF 8 ul Export print composition to SVG Print or export as Postscript A x Zoom to full extend Zoom in Zoom out Refresh view Add new map from QGIS map canvas Add Image to print composition Add label to print composition Add new legend to print composition Add new scalebar to print composition Add basic shape to print composition Add arrow to print composition Add attribute table to print composition Select Move item in print composition lil iiie 2 Move content within an item BY 7 BARA Group items of print composition Ungroup items of print composition Raise selected items Lower selected items Move selected items to top Move selected items to bottom Align selected items left Align selected items right 22 Do A E Align selected items center Align selected items center vertical El E Align selected items top EP o A Align selected items bottom Table 8 1 Print Composer Tools All Print Composer tools are availabe in menus and as icons in a toolbar The toolbar can be switched o
225. les y G Q we E E BA Computer airports shp swamp shp A aisi alaska shp E trails shp La builtups shp trees shp grassland shp tundra shp lakes shp landice shp majrivers shp muell shp pipelines shp popp shp railroads shp rivers shp storagep shp File name alaska shp Files of type OGR ESRI Shapefiles shp SHP Cancel Figure 3 2 Open an OGR Supported Vector Layer Dialog change the file type filter to Files of Type OGR MapInfo mif tab MIF TAB v and select the layer you want to load 3 1 4 Loading an Arcinfo Binary Coverage To load an Arclnfo binary coverage click on the Add Vector Layer toolbar button or type Ctrl Shift V to open the Add Vector Layer dialog Select e Directory Change to Type Arc Info Binary Coverage v Navigate to the directory that contains the coverage files and select it Similarly you can load directory based vector files in the UK National Transfer Format as well as the raw TIGER Format of the US Census Bureau 3 2 PostGIS Layers PostGIS layers are stored in a PostgreSQL database The advantages of PostGIS are the spatial indexing filtering and query capabilities it provides Using PostGIS vector functions such as select and identify work more accurately than with OGR layers in QGIS To use PostGIS layers you must Create a stored connection in QGIS
226. les Tree or the searchable Modules List tab QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide Clicking on a grapical module icon a new tab will be added to the toolbox dialog providing three new sub tabs Options Output and Manual In Figure 7 9 you see an example for the GRASS module v buffer 97 7 9 The GRASS toolbox GRASS Edit string Add Column Create Alter Table Figure 7 7 GRASS Digitizing Table Tab 4S QGIS Tip 39 GRASS EDIT PERMISSIONS You must be the owner of the GRASS MAPSET you want to edit It is impossible to edit data layers in a MAPSET that is not yours even if you have write permissions Gir U ys Pee l 4 alaska demo GRASSAD015S alaska demo Modules Tree Modules List Browser Modules Tree Modules List Browser GRASS MODULES s 25 r out gdal gtiff FF shel GRASS shel Y gdal g Export raster layer Lo Geo TIFF Import E Export y gt Y r outarc 7 resar Converts a raster map layer into an ESRI ARCGRID file Y 0 r out gdal gtiff Export raster layer Lo Geo TIFF e r out arc Converts a raster map layer into an Et y gt r out gridatb Exports GRASS raster map to GRIDATB FOR map file TOPMODEL a y 7 r out mat Exports a GRASS raster to a binary h r out bin Exports a GRASS raster to a binary at Jr Y Y 7 r out gridatb Exports GRASS raster map to GRI Y Y a Modules Tree b Sear
227. lick on Plugins LL Decorations gt LL Scale Bar or use the button from the Toolbar QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 125 10 3 Delimited Text Plugin North Arrow Plugin Angle O Placement Bottom Left Y Enable North Arrow Y Set direction automatically Help OK Cancel Figure 10 3 North Arrow Plugin amp 2 Choose the placement from the Placement Bottom Left Y drop down list 3 Choose the style from the Scale bar style Tick Down Y list 4 Select the color for the bar Color of bar ie or use the default black color 5 Set the size of the bar and its label Size of bar 30 degrees T 6 Make sure the Enable scale bar checkbox is checked 7 Optionally choose to automatically snap to a round number when the canvas is resized Automatically snap to round number on resize 8 Click Z Scale Bar Plugin OVO ES Placement Top Left Scale bar style Tick Down Size of bar 30 degrees v v Enable scale bar v Automatically snap to round number on resize Figure 10 4 Scale Bar Plugin amp QGIS Tip 45 PLUGINS SETTINGS SAVED TO PROJECT When you save a qgs project any changes you have made to NorthArrow ScaleBar and Copyright plugins will be saved in the project and restored nexttime you load the project 10 3 Delimited Text Plugin The Delimited Text plugin allows you to load a delimited text file as a layer in QGIS Requirements To view a delimited tex
228. lowing functionalities see Figure 8 6c Here you can define color and outline width for the element frame set a background color and opacity for the legend The button opens the Set items position dialog and allows to set the map canvas position using reference points or coordinates Furthermore you can select or unselect to display the element frame with the Show frame checkbox 8 4 4 Scalebar item tab Scalebar and General options dialog To add a scalebar click the Add new scalebar icon place the element with the left mouse button on the print composer canvas and position and customize their appearance in the scalebar item tab Scalebar dialog The Scalebar dialog of the scalebar item tab provides following functionalities see Figure 8 7a The scalebar dialog allows to define the segment size of the scalebar in map units the map units used per bar units and how many left and right segments units from 0 should be used You can define the scalebar style available is single and double box line ticks middle up and down and a numeric style 114 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide Segment size map units lt gt 0 0000 Map units per bar unit 1 00 2 Right segments gt Jo a gt 0 Left segments 4 Style Single Box ly Map Frame color Aa Background color Height 5 mm g Opaci Line width 1 00 mm Y prs
229. lsize of 5000 as well as the raster output filename e g elevation_tin 5 Click Ok 6 For the current example double click elevation_tin in the layer list to open the Raster Layer Properties dialog and select Pseudocolor as Color Map in the Symbology tab Or you can define a new color table as described in Section 4 3 In Figure 10 24 you see the TIN interpolation result with a 998 cols x 812 rows 5 km resolution for the elevp csv data visualized using the Pseudocolor color table The processing only takes a few minutes and covers the northern part of Alaska Quantum GIS 1 4 0 Enceladus gt File Edit View Layer Settings Plugins Vector Help Jaagdj gt o B8kPPKFERE VRIE DARAYAUAQLO Ar ROAD Sr 60NORBIADO BHVEBERO D Layers ex y v elevp gt Interpolation N a Oy ey amp tt A ir E Coordinate 1087814 5908401 Scale 35160162648 Y v Render ka Figure 10 24 Interpolation of elevp data using TIN method 10 11 MapServer Export Plugin DISCLAIMER This section of the user guide has not yet been updated for consistency with Quantum GIS v1 6 0 Read at your own risk You can use QGIS to compose your map by adding and arranging layers symbolizing them customizing the colors and then creating a map file for MapServer QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 155 10 11 MapServer Export Plugin 10 11 1 Creating the Project File The MapServer Export Plugin operates on a saved QGIS pr
230. lugin The Georeferencer Plugin is a tool for generating world files for rasters lt allows you to reference rasters to geographic or projected coordinate systems by creating a new GeoTiff or by adding a world file to the existing image The basic approach to georeferencing a raster is to locate points on the raster for which you can accurately determine their coordinates Features Icon Purpose Icon Purpose Open raster gt Start georeferencing 4 Generate GDAL script Load GCP Points E Save GCP Points as Transformation settings o Add Point Delete Point ty Move GCP Point Y Pan a Zoom in Q Zoom out es Zoom to layer Q Zoom Last SP Zoom Next e Link Georeferencer to QGIS Z Link QGIS to Georeferencer Table 10 10 Georeferencer Tools Usual procedure As X and Y coordinates DMS dd mm ss ss DD dd dd or projected coordinates mmmm mm which corre spond with the selected point on the image two alternative procedures can be used 1 The raster itself sometimes provides crosses with coordinates written on the image In this case you can enter the coordinates manually 2 Using already georeferenced layers this can be either vector or raster data that contain the same ob jects features that you have on the image that you want to georeference and the projection you want to have your image In this case you can enter the coordinates by clicking on the reference dataset loaded in Q
231. lumn a type of int4 and either a primary key or with a unique constraint preferably indexed 3 2 4 Importing Data into PostgreSQL shp2pgsql Data can be imported into PostgreSQL using a number of methods PostGIS includes a utility called shp2pgsql that can be used to import shapefiles into a PostGIS enabled database For example to import a shapefile named lakes shp into a PostgreSQL database named gis_data use the following command shp2pgsql s 2964 lakes shp lakes_new psql gis_data This creates a new layer named lakes_new in the gis_data database The new layer will have a spatial reference identifier SRID of 2964 See Section 6 for more information on spatial reference systems and projections QGIS Tip 12 EXPORTING DATASETS FROM PosTGIS Like the import tool shp2pgsq1 there is also a tool to export PostGIS datasets as shapefiles pgsql2shp This is shipped within your PostGIS distribution SPIT Plugin hed QGIS comes with a plugin named SPIT Shapefile to PostGIS Import Tool SPIT can be used to load multiple shapefiles at one time and includes support for schemas To use SPIT open the Plugin Manager from the Plugins menu check the box next to the _SPIT plugin and click The SPIT icon will be added to the plugin toolbar To import a shapefile click on the SPIT tool in the toolbar to open the SPIT Shapefile to PostGIS Import Tool dialog Select the PostGIS database you want to connect to and click on
232. m the selected WMS server You may notice that some layers are expandible this means that the layer can be displayed in a choice of image styles You can select several layers at once but only one image style per layer When several layers are selected they will be combined at the WMS Server and transmitted to QGIS in one go QGIS Tip 27 WMS LAYER ORDERING In this version of QGIS WMS layers rendered by a server are overlaid in the order listed in the Layers section from top to bottom of the list If you want to change the overlay order you can use the Layer Order tab Transparency In this version of QGIS the transparency setting is hard coded to be always on where available QGIS Tip 28 WMS LAYER TRANSPARENCY The availability of WMS image transparency depends on the image encoding used PNG and GIF support transparency whilst JPEG leaves it unsupported Coordinate Reference System A Coordinate Reference System CRS is the OGC terminology for a QGIS Projection QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 79 5 2 WMS Client Each WMS Layer can be presented in multiple CRSs depending on the capability of the WMS server You may notice that the x changes in the Coordinate Reference System x available header as you select and deselect layers from the Layers section To choose a CRS select and a screen similar to Figure 6 2 in Section 6 3 will appear The main difference with the WMS version of the scree
233. mplete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or b Accompany it with a written offer valid for at least three years to give any third party for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution a complete machine readable copy of the corresponding source code to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or c Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer in accord with Subsection b above The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For an executable work complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable However as a special exception the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable
234. n View output Close Close Close a r contour Options b r contour Output Figure 7 10 GRASS Toolbox r contour module A Since this is a large region it will take a while to display After it finishes rendering you can open the layer properties window to change the line color so that the contours appear clearly over the elevation raster as in 3 4 Next zoom in to a small mountainous area in the center of Alaska Zooming in close you will notice that the contours have sharp corners GRASS offers the v generalize tool to slightly alter vector maps while keeping their overall shape The tool uses several different algorithms with different purposes Some of the algorithms i e Douglas Peuker and Vertex reduction simplify the line by removing some of the vertices The resulting vector will load faster This process will be used when you have a highly detailed vector but you are creating a very small scale map so the detail is unnecessary QGIS Tip 41 THE SIMPLIFY TOOL Note that the QGIS fTools plugin has a Simplify geometries gt tool that works just like the GRASS v generalize Douglas Peuker algorithm However the purpose of this example is different The contour lines created by r contour have sharp angles that should be smoothed Among the v generalize algorithms there is Chaikens which does just that also Hermite splines Be aware that these algorithms can add additional vertices to the vector causing it to load
235. n by clicking on the Test Connect button QGIS Tip 10 QGIS USER SETTINGS AND SECURITY Your customized settings for QGIS are stored based on the operating system A the settings are stored in la your home directory in QGIS ag the settings are stored in the registry Depending on your computing environment storing passwords in your QGIS settings may be a security risk 36 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 3 2 2 Loading a PostGIS Layer Table 3 1 PostGIS Connection Parameters Name A name for this connection Can be the same as Database Host Name of the database host This must be a resolvable host name the same as would be used to open a telnet connection or ping the host If the database is on the same computer as QGIS simply enter localhost here Database Name of the database Port Port number the PostgreSQL database server listens on The default port is 5432 SSL mode How the SSL connection will be negotiated with the server These are the options e disable only try an unencrypted SSL connection e allow try a non SSL connection if that fails try an SSL connection e prefer the default try an SSL connection if that fails try a non SSL con nection e require only try an SSL connection Note that massive speedups in PostGIS layer rendering can be achieved by dis abling SSL in the connection editor Username User name used to login to the database Password Password used with User
236. n is that only those CRSs supported by the WMS Server will be shown QGIS Tip 29 WMS PROJECTIONS For best results make the WMS layer the first layer you add to your project This allows the project projection to inherit the CRS you used to render the WMS layer On the fly projection see Section 6 2 can then be used to fit any subsequent vector layers to the project projection In this version of QGIS if you add a WMS layer later and give it a different CRS to the current project projection unpredictable results can occur 5 2 4 Server Search Within QGIS you can search for WMS servers Figure 5 2 shows the newly created search tab with the Add Layer s from a Server dialog Add Layer s from a Server Server Search Title Live Haiti OSM WMS via Mapnik live osm data via tile2 dbseo com contac Geofabrik Tools OSM Inspector Addresses OSM Inspector is a debugging tool for Opi OSM_Basic Open Street Map OSM_Basic Open Street Map OpenStreetMap WMS WMS Demo f r OSM Daten Germany by OpenStreetMap WMS Graustufenvariante WMS Demo f r OSM Daten Germany by 1 UMN MapServer Landcover This is the UMN MapServer application fo UMN MapServer Landcover This is the UMN MapServer application fo UMN MapServer Landcover This is the UMN MapServer application fo Protezione Civile Web Map Service WMS Server del Dipartimento della Protez UMN MapServer Landcover This is the UMN MapServer applicat
237. n on feature type and identifier as well as info on who has when changed a feature The OSM Feature widget also provides all editing tools in the top part of it More information on those tools can be found in the sections below The widget is initially disabled It activates itself after successful loading some OSM data QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 163 10 14 OpenStreetMap Plugin OSM Undo Redo widget This Undo Redo widget is used to undo and redo edit actions It consists not only of a classical Undo and Redo button it also shows a list with a brief description of the edit actions that were done The OSM Undo Redo widget is initially closed You can show it using a button on OSM Feature widget Toolbar menu icons Load OSM from file is used to load data from a special OpenStreetMap XML file Show Hide OSM Feature Manager is used to show or hide the OSM Feature widget The OSM Feature widget is a panel that helps with OSM feature identification and with OSM data editing Download OSM data is used to download data from the OpenStreetMap server Upload OSM data is used to upload changes on current data Import data from a layer is used to import data from a vector layer At least one vector layer must be loaded and current OSM data must be selected Save OSM to file is used to save OSM data back to an XML file More detailed information on all the widgets buttons and dialogs can be found in appropriate sections of this plugi
238. n section according to their functionality editing identification etc 10 14 3 Loading OSM data The first action that should be done after starting the OSM Plugin is opening data from an OSM file OSM data can be import as shapefile or downloaded directly from the OpenStreetMap server Here we are focusing on the first mentioned method To load data from a file use the Load OSM from file icon If there is no such button maybe someone disabled OpenStreetMap toolbar in your QGIS installation You can enable it again selecting Settings Ly Toolbars LL OpenStreetMap gt O Load OSM OpenStreetMap file to load Add columns for tags name place highway landuse waterway railway amenity X Use custom renderer Small scale Figure 10 33 Load OSM data dialog A Purpose of its elements is explained below OpenStreetMap file to load Click on the button to select the osm file you want to load data from Add columns for tags This option determines a connection between OSM and QGIS data Each feature of OSM data has some tags pairs of key and value that define the feature properties Each feature 164 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 10 14 4 Viewing OSM data of a QGIS vector layer also has its attributes key and value With this option you can define which properties of OSM objects should be visible when displaying detailed information about QGIS features Replace curr
239. nalysis Raster based terrain analysis SPIT Import Shapefile to PostgreSQL PostGIS WFS Plugin Add WFS layers to QGIS canvas eVIS Event Visualization Tool fTools Tools for vector data analysis and management Python Console Access QGIS environment GDAL Tools External Python Plugins QGIS offers a growing number of external python plugins that are provided by the community These plugins reside in the official PyQGIS repository and can be easily installed using the Python Plugin Installer See Section 9 What s new in version 1 6 0 Please note that this is a release in our cutting edge release series As such it contains new features and extends the programmatic interface over QGIS 1 0 x and QGIS 1 5 0 We recommend that you use this version over previous releases This release includes over 177 bug fixes and many new features and enhancements General Improvements Added gpsd support to live gps tracking A new plugin has been included that allows for offline editing Field calculator will now insert NULL feature value in case of calculation error instead of stopping and reverting calculation for all features Update srs db to include grid reference Added a native C raster calculator implementation which can deal with large rasters efficiently Improved interaction with extents widget in statusbar so that the text contents of the widget can be copied and pasted Many improvements and new operators to the
240. nalyze geospatial data Geospatial data refers to information about the geographic location of an entity This often involves the use of a geographic coordinate like a latitude or longitude value Spatial data is another commonly used term as are geographic data GIS data map data location data coordinate data and spatial geometry data Applications using geospatial data perform a variety of functions Map production is the most easily understood function of geospatial applications Mapping programs take geospatial data and render it in a form that is viewable usually on a computer screen or printed page Applications can present static maps a simple image or dynamic maps that are customised by the person viewing the map through a desktop program or a web page Many people mistakenly assume that geospatial applications just produce maps but geospatial data analysis is another primary function of geospatial applications Some typical types of analysis include computing distances between geographic locations the amount of area e g square meters within a certain geographic region what geographic features overlap other features the amount of overlap between features a A O N the number of locations within a certain distance of another 6 and so on These may seem simplistic but can be applied in all sorts of ways across many disciplines The results of analysis may be shown on a map but are often tabulated into a repo
241. name to connect to the database 3 2 2 Loading a PostGIS Layer Once you have one or more connections defined you can load layers from the PostgreSQL database Of course this requires having data in PostgreSQL See Section 3 2 4 for a discussion on importing data into the database To load a layer from PostGIS perform the following steps Ifthe Add PostGIS Table s dialog is not already open click on the Add PostGIS Layer tool bar button Choose the connection from the drop down list and click A Find the layer you wish to add in the list of available layers Select it by clicking on it You can select multiple layers by holding down the shift key while clicking See Section 3 6 for information on using the PostgreSQL Query Builder to further define the layer Click on the button to add the layer to the map QGIS Tip 11 PosTGIS LAYERS Normally a PostGIS layer is defined by an entry in the geometry_columns table From version 1 5 0 on QGIS can load layers that do not have an entry in the geometry_columns table This includes both tables and views Defining a spatial view provides a powerful means to visualize your data Refer to your PostgreSQL manual for information on creating views 3 2 3 Some details about PostgreSQL layers This section contains some details on how QGIS accesses PostgreSQL layers Most of the time QGIS should simply provide you with a list of
242. nd r in gdal o input path to landcover img output landcover_grass 8 When it says Succesfully finished click View output The landcover_grass raster layer is now imported into GRASS and will be visualized in the QGIS canvas 9 To import the vector GML file lakes gm1 click the module v in ogr in the Modules Tree tab This GRASS module allows to import OGR supported vector files into a GRASS LOCATION The module dialog for v in ogr appears 10 Browse to the folder gm1 in the QGIS alaska dataset and select the file Lakes gm1 as OGR file 11 As vector output name define lakes_grass and click You don t have to care about the other options in this example In the Output tab you see the currently running GRASS command v in ogr o dsn path to lakes gml output lakes_grass 12 When it says Succesfully finished click View output The lakes_grass vector layer is now imported into GRASS and will be visualized in the QGIS canvas 7 5 The GRASS vector data model It is important to understand the GRASS vector data model prior to digitizing In general GRASS uses a topological vector model This means that areas are not represented as closed polygons but by one or more boundaries A boundary between two adjacent areas is digitized only once and it is shared by both areas Boundaries must be connected and closed without gaps An area is identified and labeled by the centroid of the area B
243. nd size scale from specified columns QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 45 3 4 The Vector Properties Dialog Analogue to the categorized rendered the symbology tab allows you to select The attribute using the Column listbox The symbol using the Symbol Properties button The colors using the Color Ramp list Additionally you can specify the number of classes and also the mode how to classify features inside the classes using the Mode list The available modes are e Equal Interval e Quantile e Natural Breaks Jenks e Standard Deviation e Pretty Breaks The listbox in the bottom part of the symbology tab lists the classes together with their ranges labels and symbols that will be rendered The example in figure 3 11 shows the graduated rendering dialog for the rivers layer of the QGIS sample dataset Layer Properties gt Renderer Graduated v Symbol levels Old symbology Column LEN_KM v Symbol change Classes 5 S Color ramp B red yellow Mode Equal Interval v Symbol Range Label 50 1210 50 1210 79 1726 Labels 79 1726 79 1726 108 2242 108 2242 108 2242 137 2758 137 2758 137 2758 166 3274 Attributes 166 3274 166 3274 195 3790 RE EN General Classify Add class Delete class Restore Default Style Save As Default Load Style Save Style Help OK Cancel Figure 3 11 New Graduated Symbolizing options A Rule based rendering T
244. ne of the same year We ve worked hard to make GIS software which is traditionally expensive proprietary software a viable prospect for anyone with basic access to a Personal Computer QGIS currently runs on most Unix platforms Windows and OS X QGIS is developed using the Qt toolkit http qt nokia com and C This means that QGIS feels snappy to use and has a pleasing easy to use graphical user interface GUI QGIS aims to be an easy to use GIS providing common functions and features The initial goal was to provide a GIS data viewer QGIS has reached the point in its evolution where it is being used by many for their daily GIS data viewing needs QGIS supports a number of raster and vector data formats with new format support easily added using the plugin architecture see Appendix A for a full list of currently supported data formats QGIS is released under the GNU General Public License GPL Developing QGIS under this license means that you can inspect and modify the source code and guarantees that you our happy user will always have access to a GIS program that is free of cost and can be freely modified You should have received a full copy of the license with your copy of QGIS and you also can find it in Appendix C QGIS Tip 1 UP TO DATE DOCUMENTATION The latest version of this document can always be found at http download osgeo org qgis doc manual or in the documentation area of the QGIS website at http qgis osgeo org
245. ng a host Username Username to access a secured WMS server This parameter is optional Password Password for a basic authentificated WMS server This parameter is optional Table 5 1 WMS Connection Parameters If you need to set up a proxy server to be able to receive WMS services from the internet you can add your proxy server in the options Choose menu Settings LL Options and click on the Network amp Proxy tab There you can add your proxy settings and enable them by setting the Use proxy for web access Make sure that you select the correct proxy type from the Proxy type gt dropdown menu Once the new WMS Server connection has been created it will be preserved for future QGIS sessions QGIS Tip 25 ON WMS SERVER URLS Be sure when entering in the WMS server URL that you have the base URL For example you shouldn t have fragments such as request GetCapabilities or version 1 0 0 in your URL 5 2 3 Loading WMS Layers Once you have successfully filled in your parameters you can select the button to retrieve the capabilities of the selected server This includes the Image encoding Layers Layer Styles and Projections Since this is a network operation the speed of the response depends on the quality of your network connection to the WMS server While downloading data from the WMS server the download progress is visualized in the left bottom of the WM
246. ns If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none The Cover Texts are certain short passages of text that are listed as Front Cover Texts or Back Cover Texts in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License A Front Cover Text may be at most 5 words and a Back Cover Text may be at most 25 words 191 C 1 Quantum GIS Qt exception for GPL A Transparent copy of the Document means a machine readable copy represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public that is suitable for revising the document straightforwardly with generic text editors or for images composed of pixels generic paint programs or for drawings some widely available drawing editor and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup or absence of markup has been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text A copy that is not Transparent is called Opaque Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup Texinfo input format LaTeX input format SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD and standard conforming simple HTML PostScript or PDF designed for human m
247. nt is created directly on such line or polygon as its new member If your cursor is over an existing point new point cannot be created In such case the OSM plugin will show following message OSM point creation a Point creation failed Two points cannot be at the same place Figure 10 35 OSM point creation message A The mechanism of helping a user to hit the line or polygon is called snapping and is enabled by default If you want to create a point very close to some line but not on it you must disable snapping by holding the Ctrl key first Line creation For line creation there is a B button on the OSM Feature widget To create a line just click the button and start left clicking on the map Each of your left clicks is remembered as a member vertex of the new line Line creation ends when first right click is performed The new line will immediately appear on the map Note A Line with less than two members cannot be created In such case the operation is ignored Snapping is performed to all map vertices points from Point vector layer and all Line and Polygon members Snapping can be disabled by holding the Ctrl key Polygon creation For polygon creation there is a Create polygon button on the OSM Feature widget To create a polygon just click the button and start left clicking on the map Each of your left clicks is remembered as a member vertex of the new polygon The Polygon creation ends when first right click
248. nter is moved across the map view To the left of the coordinate display in the status bar is a small button that will toggle between showing coordinate position or the view extents of the map view as you pan and zoom in and out A progress bar in the status bar shows progress of rendering as each layer is drawn to the map view In some cases such as the gathering of statistics in raster layers the progress bar will be used to show the status of lengthy operations If a new plugin or a plugin update is available you will see a message in the status bar On the right side of the status bar is a small checkbox which can be used to temporarily prevent layers being rendered to the map view see Section 2 3 below At the far right of the status bar is a projector icon Clicking on this opens the projection properties for the current project QGIS Tip 6 CALCULATING THE CORRECT SCALE OF YOUR MAP CANVAS When you start QGIS degrees is the default unit and it tells QGIS that any coordinate in your layer is in degrees To get correct scale values you can either change this to meter manually in the General tab under Settings LL Project Properties gt or you can select a project Coordinate Reference System CRS clicking on the icon in the lower right hand corner of the statusbar In the last case the units are set to what the project projection specifies e g units m 2 2 7 Keyboard shortcu
249. nteract with geospatial data The learning curve has come down The costs have come down The amount of geospatial technology saturation has increased This chapter is by Tyler Mitchell http www oreillynet com pub wlg 7053 and used under the Creative Commons License Tyler is the author of Web Mapping Illustrated published by O Reilly 2005 1 2 Getting Started How is geospatial data stored In a nutshell there are two types of geospatial data in widespread use today This is in addition to traditional tabular data that is also widely used by geospatial applications 1 1 1 Raster Data One type of geospatial data is called raster data or simply a raster The most easily recognised form of raster data is digital satellite imagery or air photos Elevation shading or digital elevation models are also typically represented as raster data Any type of map feature can be represented as raster data but there are limitations A raster is a regular grid made up of cells or in the case of imagery pixels They have a fixed number of rows and columns Each cell has a numeric value and has a certain geographic size e g 30x30 meters in size Multiple overlapping rasters are used to represent images using more than one colour value i e one raster for each set of red green and blue values is combined to create a colour image Satellite imagery also represents data in multiple bands Each band is essentially a separate spatially ove
250. o oO O OOONN 2 4 2 Select and deselect features 24 20 A 24 2 OUI e aaa e A aa bebe a a laa laa 25 27 GUO RINE e A A A a a 25 S SOLAN Tools lt gt daa RA AA A AA AAA Se 28 2 8 1 COMARCA MOS a a ete ee a a A A A yd a 28 239 Apaid BOOKMARKS 6 00 cea w REE aaa A ee a e a 30 2 80 Creating a Bookmark o a A ee a a 30 292 Working with Bookmarks lt lt lt reses 444 ee ee eae wa ee eed dey 30 293 Zooming A Bookmark a c ss oe siaa a RRA a oe ee ed yy 30 294 Deleting a Bookmark occiso a AAA 30 A e e A ARE a die a e d aa TO ae e eee eS 30 2 10 1 Position coordinates oo 22666 eR RRR Ee ee ee ee 31 2 102 GPS signal stengt o a aa 240 24 Aa ie Seed 31 2103 GPSpolar wiNdOwW gt i coroa w ca aa aa eb a A ee ed 31 2104 GPS Opn o csn n aacra a aa a e eee Ee e E e we 31 Working with Vector Data 33 31 ESRIShapefles coimas A a a e a dee eg 33 3 1 1 Loading a Shapefile c ai kk el A a a A 33 3 1 2 Improving Performance 22 2 5 5 664 o ss A Ea A 34 3 13 Loading a Mapinfo Layer 2 5 a ae 34 3 1 4 Loading an ArcInfo Binary Coverage o o e ee 35 me PostGls bayer cc oe kar a ee a Re ee es ee 35 32 1 Creating a stored Connection a 36 3 2 2 Loading a PostGIS Layer naaa aaa a 37 3 2 3 Some details about PostgreSQL layers oaaae o ee e 37 3 2 4 Importing Data into PostgreSQL o ee 38 320 improving Peroniance ocres sir aa A oe
251. o select the associated CRS QGIS Tip 33 PROJECT PROPERTIES DIALOG If you open the Project Properties dialog from the Edit Gnome OSX or Settings KDE Windows menu you must click on the Coordinate Reference System tab to view the CRS settings Opening the dialog from the icon will automatically bring the Coordinate Reference System tab to the front 6 4 Custom Coordinate Reference System If QGIS does not provide the coordinate reference system you need you can define a custom CRS To define a CRS select lt lt Custom CRS from the Edit Gnome OSX or Settings KDE Windows menu Custom CRS are stored in your QGIS user database In addition to your custom CRS this database also contains your spatial bookmarks and other custom data Defining a custom CRS in QGIS requires a good understanding of the Proj 4 projection library To begin refer to the Cartographic Projection Procedures for the UNIX Environment A User s Manual by Gerald I Evenden U S Geological Survey Open File Report 90 284 1990 available at ftp ftp remotesensing org proj 0F90 284 pdaf This manual describes the use of the proj 4 and related command line utilities QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 87 6 4 Custom Coordinate Reference System Custom Coordinate Reference System Definition X Define You can define your own custom Coordinate Reference S
252. o the Document These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this License but only as regards disclaiming warranties any other implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the meaning of this License 2 VERBATIM COPYING You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium either commercially or noncommercially provided that this License the copyright notices and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute However you may accept compensation in exchange for copies If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3 You may also lend copies under the same conditions stated above and you may publicly display copies 3 COPYING IN QUANTITY If you publish printed copies or copies in media that commonly have printed covers of the Document num bering more than 100 and the Document s license notice requires Cover Texts you must enclose the copies in covers that carry clearly and legibly all these Cover Texts Front Cover Texts on the front cover and Back Cover Texts on the back cover Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies The fr
253. oF 2 y Figure 10 13 The GDALTools menu list A ales Translate Build Virtual Raster catalog 5 Contour gt Rasterize gt Polygonize er O BDICSAD gt waWweeu 4a DexoeotaZ 181 xi y lala gt Merge h Sieve li Proximity Mo Near black Y Warp BB Information Assign projection B Build overviews Clipper BR RGB to PCT BA PcTtoRGB GdalTools settings About GdalTools Create raster from the scattered data Getting information about a raster Creating contour lines S5 Coorainate 1 237 1 000 Scale 1 1229294 x Render This example will create contour lines from an SRTM elevation tile and the result Using GDALwarp to reproject a raster Here s the dialog window for reprojecting a landcover image originally in the Albers Equal Area projection for Alaska from the QGIS sample dataset into Lon Lat WGS84 EPSG 4326 144 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 10 7 3 Examples Figure 10 14 The Information dialog window 4S D Download GIS qgis_sample_datajraster landcover img l D Download GI5 qgis_sample_datafraster landcover img aux xml Size is 3663 1964 Coordinate System is PROICS Albers Equal rea GEOGCS NAD27 DATUM North_American_Datum_1927 SPHEROID Clarke 1866 6378206 4 294 978698213898 AUTHORITY EPSG 7008 TOWGS84 3 142 183 0 0 0 0 AUTHORITY EPSG 626
254. odification Examples of transparent image formats include PNG XCF and JPG Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors SGML or XML for which the DTD and or processing tools are not generally available and the machine generated HTML PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for output purposes only The Title Page means for a printed book the title page itself plus such following pages as are needed to hold legibly the material this License requires to appear in the title page For works in formats which do not have any title page as such Title Page means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work s title preceding the beginning of the body of the text The publisher means any person or entity that distributes copies of the Document to the public A section Entitled XYZ means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language Here XYZ stands for a specific section name mentioned below such as Acknowledgements Dedications Endorsements or History To Preserve the Title of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a section Entitled XYZ according to this definition The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this License applies t
255. of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Program and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions 187 B 1 GRASS Toolbox modules a You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change b You must cause any work that you distribute or publish that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License c If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run you must cause it when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty or else saying that you provide a warranty and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions and telling the user how to view a copy of this License Exception if the Progr
256. oject Visible Whether or not this layer is selected as visible in the legend Not yet used in this version of QGIS Can Identify Whether or not this layer will return any results when the Identify tool is used on it Can be Transparent Whether or not this layer can be rendered with transparency This version of QGIS will always use transparency if this is Yes and the image encoding supports transparency Can Zoom In Whether or not this layer can be zoomed in by the server This version of QGIS assumes all WMS layers have this set to Yes Deficient layers may be rendered strangely Cascade Count WMS servers can act as a proxy to other WMS servers to get the raster data for a layer This entry shows how many times the request for this layer is forwarded to peer WMS servers for a result Fixed Width Fixed Height Whether or not this layer has fixed source pixel dimensions This version of QGIS assumes all WMS layers have this set to nothing Deficient layers may be rendered strangely WGS 84 Bounding Box The bounding box of the layer in WGS 84 coordinates Some WMS servers do not set this correctly e g UTM coordinates are used instead If this is the case then the initial view of this layer may be rendered with a very zoomed out appearance by QGIS The QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 81 5 3 WMS Server WMS webmaster should be informed of this error which they may know as the WMS XML elements LatLonB
257. oject file and not on the current contents of the map canvas and legend This has been a source of confusion for a number of users As described below before you start using the MapServer Export Plugin you need to arrange the raster and vector layers you want to use in MapServer and save this status in a QGIS project file Quantum GIS 1 1 0 Pan Unstable alaska File Edit View Layer Plugins Tools Help Layers EJ y s airports v Mk majrivers v gS lakes vv Overview EJ 2732789 5372173 Scale 1 33972301 O Y Render E Figure 10 25 Arrange raster and vector layers for QGIS project file A In this example we demonstrate the four steps required to create a simple project file which can be used to create the MapServer map file We use raster and vector files from the QGIS sample dataset 1 4 1 Add the raster layer landcover tif clicking on the 2 Add Raster Layer icon 2 Add the vector Shapefiles lakes shp majrivers shp and airports shp from the QGIS sample dataset clicking on the e Add Vector Layer icon 3 Change the colors and symbolize the data as you like For example see Figure 4 Save a new project named mapserverproject qgs using File Ly Gd Save Project 10 11 2 Creating the Map File The tool msexport to export a QGIS project file to a MapServer map file is installed in your QGIS binary direc tory and can be used independently of QGIS To use it from within
258. omething to consider Split Features You can split features using the Split Features icon on the toolbar Just draw a line across the feature you want to split Merge selected features The Merge Selected Features tool allows to merge features that have common boundaries and the same attributes Rotate Point Symbols The Rotate Point Symbols tool allows to change the rotation of point symbols in the map canvas if you have defined a rotation column from the attribute table of the point layer in the Symbology tab of the Layer Properties Otherwise the tool is inactive 326 Figure 3 27 Rotate Point Symbols A To change the rotation select a point feature in the map canvas and rotate it holding the left mouse button pressed A red arrow with the rotation value will be visualized see Figure 3 27 When you release the left mouse button again the value will be updated in the attribute table Note If you hold the Ctrl key pressed the rotation will be done in 15 degree steps 64 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 3 5 5 Creating a new Shapefile and Spatialite layer 3 5 5 Creating a new Shapefile and Spatialite layer QGIS allows to create new Shapefile layers and new Spatialite layers Creation of a new GRASS layer is supported within the GRASS plugin Please refer to section 7 6 for more information on creating GRASS vector layers Creating a new Shapefile layer To create a new Shape
259. on symbology provides a variety of improvements and new features and will replace the current symbology in one of the upcoming releases To switch to the new symbolgy you currently have to click on the New symbology button in the tab of the Layer Properties dialog You can also make the New symobolgy the default activating _ Use new generation symbology for rendering in the Rendering amp SVG tab under the Settings L Options gt menu Understanding the new generation symbology There are three types of symbols marker symbols for points line symbols and fill symbols for polygons Symbols can consist of one or more symbol layers It is possible to define the color of a symbol and this color is then defined for all symbol layers Some layers may have the color locked for those the color can not be altered This is useful when you define the color of a multilayer symbol Similarly it is possible to define the width for line symbols as well as size and angle for marker symbols Available symbol layer types Simple marker Rendering with one of hardcoded markers Simple line Usual rendering of a line with specified width color and pen style Simple fill Usual rendering of a polygon with defined fill color fill pattern and outline SVG marker Rendering with a SVG picture Marker line A line rendered by repeating a marker symbol Color ramps Color ram
260. ont cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible You may add other material on the covers in addition Copying with changes limited to the covers as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly you should put the first ones listed as many as fit reasonably on the actual cover and continue the rest onto adjacent pages If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100 you must either include a machine readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy or state in or with each Opaque copy a 192 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide computer network location from which the general network using public has access to download using public standard network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document free of added material If you use the latter option you must take reasonably prudent steps when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy directly or through your agents or retailers of that edition to the public It is requested but not required that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copie
261. operties gt window of gtopo30 switch to the transparency tab and set its transparency level to about 25 You should now have the gtopo30 elevation with its colormap and transparency setting displayed above the grayscale hillshade map In order to see the visual effects of the hillshading turn off the gtopo30_shade map then turn it back on Using the GRASS shell The GRASS plugin in QGIS is designed for users who are new to GRASS and not familiar with all the modules and options As such some modules in the toolbox do not show all the options available and some modules do not appear at all The GRASS shell or console gives the user access to those additional GRASS modules that do not appear in the toolbox tree and also to some additional options to the modules that are in the toolbox with the simplest default parameters This example demonstrates the use of an additional option in the r shaded relief module that was shown above Modules Tree Modules List Browser Welcome to GRASS 6 4 0RC5 2009 GRASS homepage http grass osgeo org This version running thru Bash Shell bin bash Help is available with the command g manual i See the licence terms with g version c Start the GUI with g gui tcltk When ready to quit enter exit GRASS 6 4 0RC5 alaska gt r shaded relief map gtopo30 shade gtopo30_shade2 azimuth 315 zmult 3 Calculating shading please stand by 12 Figure 7
262. or analysis is by default not limited to any defined region definitions But all newly created rasters will have the spatial extension and resolution of the currently defined GRASS region regardless of their original extension and resolution The current GRASS region is stored in the LOCATION MAPSET WIND file and it defines north south east and west bounds number of columns and rows horizontal and vertical spatial resolution It is possible to switch on off the visualization of the GRASS region in the QGIS canvas using the Display current GRASS region button With the Edit current GRASS region icon you can open a dialog to change the current region and the symbology of the GRASS region rectangle in the QGIS canvas Type in the new region bounds and resolution and click a It also allows to select a new region interactively with your mouse on the QGIS canvas Therefore click with the left mouse button in the QGIS canvas open a rectangle close it using the left mouse button again and click The GRASS module g region provide a lot more parameters to define an appropriate region extend and resolution for your raster analysis You can use these parameters with the GRASS Toolbox described in Section 7 9 7 9 The GRASS toolbox The Open GRASS Tools box provides GRASS module functionalities to work with data inside a se lected GRASS LOCATION and MAPSET To use the GRASS toolbox you need to open a LOCATION and MAPSET where you have
263. or layer Raster Terrain Modelling Compute slope aspect ruggedness and total curvature of DEMs MapServer Export Plugin Export a saved QGIS project file to a MapServer map file North Arrow Displays a north arrow overlayed onto the map OGR Layer Converter Translate vector layers between OGR suported formats OpenStreetMap Visualize and edit OpenStreetMap data Oracle Georaster Access Oracle Spatial GeoRasters Plugin Installer Downloads and installs QGIS python plugins DADAS RE Sejm SPIT Shapefile to PostgreSQL PostGIS Import Tool 123 10 2 Decorations Plugins Icon Plugin Description y Quick Print Quickly print a map with minimal effort Scalebar Draws a scale bar e WFS Load and display WFS layer 10 1 Coordinate Capture Plugin The coordinate capture plugin is easy to use and provides the ability to display coordinates on the map canvas for two selected Coordinate Reference Systems CRS Coordinate Capture a xX gt Copyto clipboard gt lt Start capture Figure 10 1 Coordinate Cature Plugin A 1 Start QGIS select Project Properties from the Settings KDE Windows or File Gnome OSX menu and click on the Projection tab As an alternative you you can also click on the icon in the lower right hand corner of the statusbar 2 Click on the Enable on the fly pro
264. or right click and choose Properties gt from the popup menu 3 Click on the Actions tab 4 Enter a name for the action for example Google Search 5 For the action we need to provide the name of the external program to run In this case we can use Firefox If the program is not in your path you need to provide the full path 6 Following the name of the external application add the URL used for doing a Google search up to but not included the search term http google com search q 7 The text in the Action field should now look like this firefox http google com search q 8 Click on the drop down box containing the field names for the lakes layer It s located just to the left of the Insert Field button 9 From the drop down box select Field containing label NAMES Y and click Insert Field 10 Your action text now looks like this firefox http google com search q NAMES 11 Fo finalize the action click the button This completes the action and it is ready to use The final text of the action should look like this firefox http google com search q NAMES We can now use the action Close the Layer Properties dialog and zoom in to an area of interest Make sure the lakes layer is active and identify a lake In the result box you ll now see that our action is visible 54 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 3 4 11 Diagram Tab Identify Results Feature Valu
265. or the QGIS sample dataset This sample GRASS LOCATION alaska will be used for all examples and exercises in the following GRASS GIS related chapters It is useful to download and install the dataset on your computer 1 4 1 Start QGIS and make sure the GRASS plugin is loaded Visualize the alaska shp Shapefile see Section 3 1 1 from the QGIS alaska dataset 1 4 2 3 In the GRASS toolbar click on the ax Open mapset icon to bring up the MAPSET wizard 4 Select an existing GRASS database GISDBASE folder grassdata or create one for the new LOCATION using a file manager on your computer Then click a 5 We can use this wizard to create a new MAPSET within an existing LOCATION see Section 7 3 2 or to create a new LOCATION altogether Click on the radio button e Create new location see Figure This is not strictly true with the GRASS modules r external and v external you can create read only links to external GDAL OGR supported data sets without importing them But because this is not the usual way for beginners to work with GRASS this functionality will not be described here 90 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 12 13 14 15 16 7 3 1 Creating a new GRASS LOCATION GRASS Database LOCATION MAPSET Geometry and attribute data home user grassdata 2 Vector layers Figure 7 1 GRASS data in the alaska LOCATION adapted from Neteler amp Mitasova 2008 4 72 Enter a name for the LOCATION we used
266. ordinates and click on Add feature Also when you did not activate Auto add vertices and want to record vertices manually you have to go back there and click Add vertex QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 31 2 10 Live GPS tracking GPS Information a a 4 lila E So L Comect_ GPS connection O Autodetect O Use path port below Path to serial device dev ttySO Connection to gpsd Host localhost Port 294 Device GPS cursor size uy Small Large GPS digitizing C Auto add vertices GPS map recenter O always O when leaving extents O never Track Color a 2 width g Figure 2 8 GPS tracking options window A 32 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 3 Working with Vector Data QGIS supports vector data in a number of formats including those supported by the OGR library data provider plugin such as ESRI shapefiles MapInfo MIF interchange format and MapInfo TAB native format You find a list of OGR supported vector formats in Appendix A 1 QGIS also supports PostGIS layers in a PostgreSQL database using the PostgreSQL data provider plugin Support for additional data types eg delimited text is provided by additional data provider plugins This section describes how to work with several common formats ESRI shapefiles PostGIS layers and Spa tialLite layers Many of the features available in QGIS work the same regardless of the vector data source This is by design and includes the identify s
267. ort all of the data in the SQLite database to QGIS lt description gt lt databasetype gt SQLITE lt databasetype gt lt databasehost gt lt databaseport gt lt databasename gt C textbackslash Workshop textbackslash eVis _Data textbackslash PhotoPoints db lt databasename gt lt databaseusername gt lt databasepassword gt lt sqlstatement gt SELECT Attributes Points x Points y FROM Attributes LEFT JOIN Points ON Points rec_id Attributes point_ID lt sqlstatement gt lt autoconnect gt false lt autoconnect gt lt query gt lt query gt lt shortdescription gt Import photograph points looking across Valley lt shortdescription gt lt description gt This command will import only points that have photographs looking across QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 137 10 6 fTools Plugin a valley to QGIS lt description gt lt databasetype gt SQLITE lt databasetype gt lt databasehost gt lt databaseport gt lt databasename gt C Workshop eVis_Data PhotoPoints db lt databasename gt lt databaseusername gt lt databasepassword gt lt sqlstatement gt SELECT Attributes Points x Points y FROM Attributes LEFT JOIN Points ON Points rec_id Attributes point_ID where COMMENTS Looking across valley lt sqlstatement gt lt autoconnect gt false lt autoconnect gt lt query gt lt query gt lt lt shortdescription gt Import photograph points that mention limestone lt shortdescription gt
268. orted by OGR delimited text and the PostgreSQL provider The tables can be used for field lookups or just generally browsed and edited using the table view When you load the table you will see it in the legend field It can be opened e g with the Open Attribute Table tool and is then editable like any other layer attribute table As an example you can use columns of the non spatial table to define attribute values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to a specific vector layer during digitizing Have a closer look at the edit widget in section 3 4 7 to find out more 3 6 Query Builder The Advanced search button opens the Query Builder and allows you to define a subset of a table using a SQL like WHERE clause display the result in theh main window and save it as a Shapefile For example if you have a towns layer with a population field you could select only larger towns by entering population gt 100000 in the SQL box of the query builder Figure 3 31 shows an example of the query builder populated with data from a PostGIS layer with attributes stored in PostgreSQL The Fields Values and Operators sections help the user to construct the SQL like WHERE clause easily in the text field SQL where clause window The Fields list contains all attributes of the attribute table to be searched To add an attribute to the SQL where clause field double click its name in the Fields list Generally you can use the various fiel
269. ory Do not apply a category value to the geometry element This is e g used for area boundaries because the category values are connected via the centroid Category A number ID is attached to each digitized geometry element It is used to connect each geometry element with its attributes Field layer Each geometry element can be connected with several attribute tables using different GRASS geometry layers Default layer number is 1 94 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide Icon Tool Purpose e o New Point Digitize new point ed New Line Digitize new line finish by selecting new tool daa New Boundary Digitize new boundary finish by selecting new tool z New Centroid Digitize new centroid label existing area A dc A lt o Move varas Move one vertex of existing line or boundary and iden tify new position Add vertex Add a new vertex to existing line Delete vertex Delete vertex from existing line confirm selected vertex by another click lt gt Move selected boundary line point or centroid and Move element a click on new position as Split line Split an existing line to 2 parts Delete element Delete existing boundary line point or centroid con firm selected element by another click Edit attributes Edit attributes of selected element note that one ele ment can represent more features see above Close Close session and save current status rebuilds
270. otice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License in the form shown in the Addendum below G Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Documents license notice anmo o H Include an unaltered copy of this License Preserve the section Entitled History Preserve its Title and add to it an item stating at least the title year new authors and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page If there is no section Entitled History in the Document create one stating the title year authors and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence J Preserve the network location if any given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on These may be placed in the History section You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission K For any section Entitled Acknowledgements or Dedications Preserve the Title of the section and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and or dedications given therein
271. ou intend to use them for 9 2 Data Providers Data Providers are special plugins that provides access to a data store By default QGIS supports PostGIS layers and disk based data stores supported by the GDAL OGR library Appendix A 1 A Data Provider plugin extends the ability of QGIS to use other data sources Data Provider plugins are registered automatically by QGIS at startup They are not managed by the Plugin Manager but used behind the scenes when a data type is added as a layer in QGIS 122 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 10 Using QGIS Core Plugins Table 10 1 22 QGIS Core Plugins Plugin Description Add Delimited Text Layer Loads and displays delimited text files containing x y coordinates Coordinate Capture Capture mouse coordinate in different CRS Copyright Label Draws a copyright label with information Diagram Overlay Place charts pie or bar or proportional symbols over vector layers DXF2Shape Converter Converts from DXF to SHP file format eVis Event Visualization Tool fTools A suite of analysis geometry geoprocessing and research tools GDAL Tools Raster tools simplified graphical interface for most commonly used pro grams GPS Tools Tools for loading and importing GPS data GRASS Activates the mighty GRASS Toolbox Georeferencer GDAL Adding projection info to Rasterfiles using GDAL Interpolation plugin Interpolation on base of vertices of a vect
272. oundingBox EX_GeographicBoundingBox or the CRS 84 BoundingBox Available in CRS The projections that this layer can be rendered in by the WMS server These are listed in the WMS native format Available in style The image styles that this layer can be rendered in by the WMS server 5 2 7 WMS Client Limitations Not all possible WMS Client functionality had been included in this version of QGIS Some of the more notable exceptions follow Editing WMS Layer Settings Once you ve completed the Add WMS layer procedure there is no ability to change the settings A workaround is to delete the layer completely and start again WMS Servers Requiring Authentication Currently public accessible and secured WMS services are supported The secured WMS servers can be accessed by public authentification You can add the optional credentials when you add a WMS server See section 5 2 2 for details QGIS Tip 30 ACCESSING SECURED OGC LAYERS If you need to access secured layers with other secured methods than basic authentification you could use InteProxy as a transparent proxy which does supports several authentification methods More information can be found at the InteProxy manual found on the website http inteproxy wald intevation org 5 3 WMS Server QGIS mapserver is an open source WMS 1 3 implementation which in addition implements advanced carto graphic features for thematic mapping The QGIS mapserver is a Fast
273. our currently selected MAPSET All other tools also work with raster and vector layers in another MAPSET QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 105 7 9 The GRASS toolbox 7 9 4 Customizing the GRASS Toolbox Nearly all GRASS modules can be added to the GRASS toolbox A XML interface is provided to parse the pretty simple XML files which configures the modules appearance and parameters inside the toolbox A sample XML file for generating the module v buffer v buffer qgm looks like this lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt DOCTYPE qgisgrassmodule SYSTEM http mrcc com qgisgrassmodule dtd gt lt qgisgrassmodule label Vector buffer module v buffer gt lt option key input typeoption type layeroption layer gt lt option key buffer gt lt option key output gt lt qgisgrassmodule gt The parser reads this definition and creates a new tab inside the toolbox when you select the module A more detailed description for adding new modules changing the modules group etc can be found on the QGIS wiki at http wiki qgis org qgiswiki Adding_New_Tools_to_the_GRASS_Toolbox 106 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 8 Print Composer The print composer provides growing layout and printing capabilities It allows you to add elements such as the QGIS map canvas legend scalebar images basic shapes arrows and text labels You can size group align and position each element and adjust the properties to create your layout The
274. out the type and location number of features feature type and the editing capabilities The Extents section providing layer extent information and the Layer Spatial Reference System section providing information about the CRS of the layer This is a quick way to get information about the layer but is not yet editable 3 4 10 Actions Tab QGIS provides the ability to perform an action based on the attributes of a feature This can be used to perform any number of actions for example running a program with arguments built from the attributes of a feature or passing parameters to a web reporting tool Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or view a web page based on one or more values in your vector layer An example is performing a search based on an attribute value This concept is used in the following discussion Defining Actions Attribute actions are defined from the vector Layer Properties dialog To define an action open the vector Layer Properties dialog and click on the Actions tab Provide a descriptive name for the action The action itself must contain the name of the application that will be executed when the action is invoked You can add one or more attribute field values as arguments to the application When the action is invoked any set of characters that start with a followed by the name of a field will be replaced by the value of that field Th
275. ows the Plugin Manager dialog To enable a particular plugin click on the checkbox to the left of the plugin name and click When you exit the application a list of loaded plugins is retained and the next time you run QGIS these plugins are automatically loaded QGIS Tip 43 CRASHING PLUGINS If you find that QGIS crashes on startup a plugin may be at fault You can stop all plugins from loading by editing your stored settings file see 2 7 for location Locate the plugins settings and change all the plugin values to false to prevent them from loading L For example to prevent the Delimited text plugin from loading the entry in HOME config QuantumGIS qgis conf on Linux should look like this Add Delimited Text Layer false Do this for each plugin in the Plugins section You can then start QGIS and add the plugins one at a time from the Plugin Manager to determine which plugin is causing the problem 9 1 2 Loading an external QGIS Plugin There is only one step required to integrate external plugins into QGIS Download an external plugin from a repository using the Python Plugin Installer Section 9 1 3 The new external plugin will be added to the list of available plugins in the Plugin Manager and is automatically loaded 9 1 3 Using the QGIS Python Plugin Installer QGIS Python Plugin Installer x Plugins Repositories Options Filter QGIS Official Repository a any status Status Name Ver
276. p The gdalwarp utility is an image mosaicing reprojection and warping utility The program can reproject to any supported projection and can also apply GCPs stored with the image if the image is raw with control information Grid This program creates regular grid raster from the scattered data read from the OGR datasource Input data will be interpolated to fill grid nodes with values you can choose from various interpolation methods Translate The gdal_translate utility can be used to convert raster data between different formats potentially performing some operations like subsettings resampling and rescaling pixels in the process Information The gdalinfo program lists various information about a GDAL supported raster dataset Assign Projection The gdalwarp utility is an image mosaicing reprojection and warping utility The pro gram can reproject to any supported projection and can also apply GCPs stored with the image if the image is raw with control information s_srs srs def source spatial reference set The coordinate systems that can be passed are anything sup ported by the OGRSpatialReference SetFromUserlnput call which includes EPSG PCS and GCSes ie EPSG 4296 PROJ 4 declarations as above or the name of a prf file containing well known text t_srs srs_def target spatial reference set The coordinate systems that can be passed are anything supported by the OGRSpa tialReference SetFromUserInput cal
277. p to the currently selected layer provided that layer has its snapping tolerance set See Section 3 5 1 So if you want to measure exactly along a line feature or around a polygon feature first set its snapping tolerance then select the layer Now when using the measuring tools each mouse click within the tolerance setting will snap to that layer pa iii You can also measure angles selecting Measure Angle tool The cursor becomes cross shaped Click to draw the first segment of the angle you wish to measure then move the the cursor to draw the desired angle The measure is displayed in a popup dialog g Measure 2 9 O amp Segments in feet 1 890 100 07 Anal 2 Q amp amp 756 099 96 g adie 670 049 99 g Measure p UY 147 328 degrees Total 628 08 mile Total 7 381 78 sq mile Help New Close Help New Close Close a Measure lines b Measure areas c Measure angles Figure 2 3 Measure tools in action A 2 4 2 Select and deselect features The QGIS toolbar provides several tools to select features in the map canvas To select one or several features just click on 3 and select the tools e Select features Select features by rectangle Select features by polygon Select features by freehand Select features by radius To deselect all selected features click on ax 2 5 Projects The state of your QGIS session is considered a Project QGIS works on one project at a time Settings are eit
278. portal opengeospatial org 2004 8 PosTGIS PROJECT Spatial support for postgresql http postgis refractions net 2010 201
279. ps are used to define a range of colors that can be used during the creation of renderers The symbol s color will be set from the color ramp There are three types of color ramps Gradient Linear gradient from one color to some other Random Randomly generated colors from a specified area of color space ColorBrewer Create color area from a color shema and a defined number of color classes Color ramps can be defined in the Style Manager dialog see Section 3 4 4 by selecting Style item type Color ramp V as style element type from the drop down list clicking on Add item button and then choosing a color ramp type Styles A style groups a set of various symbols and color ramps You can define your prefered or frequently used symbols and can use it without having to recreate it everytime Style items symbols and color ramps have always a name by which they can be queried from the style There is one default style in QGIS modifiable and the user can add further styles Renderers The renderer is responsible for drawing a feature together with the correct symbol There are three types of renderers single symbol categorized called unique color in the old symbology and graduated There is no continuous color renderer because it is in fact only a special case of the graduated renderer The categorized and graduated renderer can be created by specifying a symbol and a color ramp they will set the
280. r 123 grass toolbox 123 175 plugins 119 177 coordinate capture 123 copyright 123 core 123 delimited text 123 diagram 123 175 DXF2Shape 123 evis 131 137 ftools 123 gdaltools 123 georaster 123 gps 123 installing 120 Interpolation 123 manager 119 managing 119 MapServer Export 123 north arrow 123 OGR converter 123 Plugin Installer 123 175 177 198 Python Plugin Installer 120 quick print 124 Raster Terrain Modelling 123 scalebar 124 spit 123 175 types 119 upgrading 120 Zoom To Point 177 plugins settings 126 PostGIS 33 85 Exporting 38 field calculator 69 layers 35 spatial index 39 GIST 39 SPIT 38 editing field names 38 importing data 38 loading 38 reserved words 38 PostgreSQL connection 35 36 testing 36 connection manager 36 connection parameters 37 database 37 field calculator 69 host 37 layer details 37 loading layers 35 37 password 37 port 37 PostGIS 33 sslmode 37 username 37 Print composer tools 107 Projections coordinate reference system 79 CRS 79 custom 87 enabling 86 specifying 85 SRS 79 WMS 79 working with 85 projects 24 Query Builder 68 changing layer definitions 68 generating sample list 68 getting all values 68 save selection as new layer 69 Raster raster calculator 75 Raster calculator 75 raster layer classify 74 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide raster layers 71 context menu 72 data formats 71 defini
281. r to create a new LOCATION altogether Click on the radio button e Select location see Figure 7 2 and click Enter the name text for the new MAPSET Below in the wizard you see a list of existing MAPSETs and its owners Click check out the summary to make sure it s all correct and click 7 4 Importing data into a GRASS LOCATION This Section gives an example how to import raster and vector data into the alaska GRASS LOCATION provided by the QGIS alaska dataset Therefore we use a landcover raster map landcover img and a vector GML File lakes gm1 from the QGIS alaska dataset 1 4 4 2 3 92 Start QGIS and make sure the GRASS plugin is loaded In the GRASS toolbar click the ax Open MAPSET icon to bring up the MAPSET wizard Select as GRASS database the folder grassdata in the QGIS alaska dataset as LOCATION alaska as MAPSET demo and click Now click the Open GRASS tools icon The GRASS Toolbox see Section 7 9 dialog appears QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 5 To import the raster map landcover img click the module r in gdal in the Modules Tree tab This GRASS module allows to import GDAL supported raster files into a GRASS LOCATION The module dialog for r in gdal appears 6 Browse to the folder raster in the QGIS alaska dataset and select the file 1landcover img 7 As raster output name define landcover_grass and click In the Output tab you see the currently running GRASS comma
282. rlapping raster where each band holds values of certain wavelengths of light As you can imagine a large raster takes up more file space A raster with smaller cells can provide more detail but takes up more file space The trick is finding the right balance between cell size for storage purposes and cell size for analytical or mapping purposes 1 1 2 Vector Data Vector data is also used in geospatial applications If you stayed awake during trigonometry and coordinate geometry classes you will already be familiar with some of the qualities of vector data In its simplest sense vectors are a way of describing a location by using a set of coordinates Each coordinate refers to a geographic location using a system of x and y values This can be thought of in reference to a Cartesian plane you know the diagrams from school that showed an x and y axis You might have used them to chart declining retirement savings or increasing compound mortgage interest but the concepts are essential to geospatial data analysis and mapping There are various ways of representing these geographic coordinates depending on your purpose This is a whole area of study for another day map projections Vector data takes on three forms each progressively more complex and building on the former 1 Points A single coordinate x y represents a discrete geographic location 2 Lines Multiple coordinates x1 y1 x2 y2 x3 y4 xn yn strung together in a cer
283. roject As Ctrl Shift S see Section 2 5 Y File TKeyboard shortcuts can now be configured manually shortcuts presented in this section are the defaults using the Configure Shortcuts tool under Settings Menu QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 15 2 2 QGIS GUI 16 is Save as Image New Print Composer Composer manager Print Composers gt O Exit 4 Cut Features Copy Features Paste Features Move Feature Delete Selected Simplify Feature Add Ring Add Part Delete Ring amp Delete Part 7 Reshape Features A Split Features Merge selected Features 2 Node Tool Rotate Point Symbols After activating Toggle editing mode for a layer you will find a capture feature icon in the Edit Ctrl P Ctrl Q Ctrl Z Ctrl Shift Z Ctrl X Ctrl C Ctrl V see Section 2 6 see Section 8 see Section 8 see Section 8 see Section 3 5 4 see Section 3 5 4 see Section 3 5 3 see Section 3 5 3 see Section 3 5 3 see Section 3 5 3 see Section 3 5 3 see Section 3 5 4 see Section 3 5 4 see Section 3 5 4 see Section 3 5 4 see Section 3 5 4 see Section 3 5 4 see Section 3 5 4 see Section 3 5 4 see Section 3 5 3 see Section 3 5 4 menu depending on the layer type point line or polygon lt Capture Point
284. roject management including bug reports tasks and feature requests You can subscribe to this list at http lists osgeo org mailman listinfo qgis trac qgis community team This list deals with topics like documentation context help user guide online experience including web sites blog mailing lists forums and translation efforts If you like to work on the user guide as well this list is a good starting point to ask your questions You can subscribe to this list at http lists osgeo org mailman listinfo qgis community team qgis release team This list deals with topics like the release process packaging binaries for various OS and announcing new releases to the world at large You can subscribe to this list at http lists osgeo org mailman listinfo qgis release team qgis tr This list deals with the translation efforts If you like to work on the translation of the manuals or the graphical user interface GUI this list is a good starting point to ask your questions You can subscribe to this list at http lists osgeo org mailman listinfo qgis tr 179 13 5 Wiki qgis edu This list deals with QGIS education efforts If you like to work on qgis education materials this list is a good starting point to ask your questions You can subscribe to this list at http lists osgeo org mailman listinfo qgis edu qgis psc This list is used to discuss Steering Committee issues related to overall management and direction of Qu
285. rows can be marked by holding the Ctrl key A continuous 66 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 3 5 6 Working with the Attribute Table g Attribute table alaska 653 Feature s 3 0 amp cat A NAME AREA_MI E 0 sj Alaska 0 168541 1 2 Alaska 0 209257 2 3 Alaska 0 837275 3 4 Alaska 0 322511 4 5 Alaska 1 46241 5 6 Alaska 2 778535 6 7 Alaska 0 359589 7 Alaska 0 225724 8 9 Alaska 0 136504 9 Alaska 1 272344 11 Alaska 0 095759 12 Alaska 0 251123 13 Alaska 6 964526 13 14 Alaska 5 126354 A re v E Bs 09 olaa Look for in cat v Search Show selected records only Search selected records only Advanced search Help Figure 3 30 Attribute Table for Alaska layer A selection can be made by holding the Shift key and clicking on several row headers on the left side of the rows All rows between the current cursor position and the clicked row are selected Each column can be sorted by clicking on its column header A small arrow indicates the sort order downward pointing means descending values from the top row down upward pointing means ascending values from the top rown down For a simple search by attributes on only one column the field can be used Select the field column from which the search should be performed from the dropdown menu and hit the button The number of matching rows will appear in the status bar For more complex searches use the Advanced search which will lauch the Search Query Builder described in Sec
286. rs a GUI to the collection of tools in the Geospatial Data Abstraction Library http gdal osgeo org These are raster management tools to query re project warp merge a wide variety of raster formats Also included are tools to create a contour vector layer or a shaded relief from a raster DEM and to make a vrt Virtual Raster Tile in XML format from a collection of one or more raster files These tools are available when the plugin is installed and activated 10 7 2 The GDAL Library The GDAL library consists of a set of command line programs each with a large list of options Users com fortable with running commands from a terminal may prefer the command line with access to the full set of options The GDALTools plugin offers an easy interface to the tools exposing only the most popular options Table 10 9 List of GDAL tools Build Virtual Raster This program builds a VRT Virtual Dataset that is a mosaic of the list of input gdal datasets Contour This program generates a vector contour file from the input raster elevation model DEM Rasterize This program burns vector geometries points lines and polygons into the raster band s of a raster image Vectors are read from OGR supported vector formats Note that the vector data must in the same coordinate system as the raster data on the fly reprojection is not provided Polygonize This utility creates vector polygons for all connected regions of pixels in th
287. rt to support management decisions The recent phenomena of location based services promises to introduce all sorts of other features but many will be based on a combination of maps and analysis For example you have a cell phone that tracks your geographic location If you have the right software your phone can tell you what kind of restaurants are within walking distance While this is a novel application of geospatial technology it is essentially doing geospatial data analysis and listing the results for you 1 1 Why is all this so new Well it s not There are many new hardware devices that are enabling mobile geospatial services Many open source geospatial applications are also available but the existence of geospatially focused hardware and software is nothing new Global positioning system GPS receivers are becoming commonplace but have been used in various industries for more than a decade Likewise desktop mapping and analysis tools have also been a major commercial market primarily focused on industries such as natural resource management What is new is how the latest hardware and software is being applied and who is applying it Traditional users of mapping and analysis tools were highly trained GIS Analysts or digital mapping technicians trained to use CAD like tools Now the processing capabilities of home PCs and open source software OSS packages have enabled an army of hobbyists professionals web developers etc to i
288. s dialog select a CRS and activate the 1 Select Edit from the Project Properties Gnome OSX or Enable on the fly projection checkbox There are two ways to open the dialog Settings KDE Windows menu 2 Click on the icon in the lower right hand corner of the statusbar If you have already loaded a layer and want to enable OTF projection the best practice is to open the Coordinate Reference System tab of the Project Properties loaded layer and activate the dialog select the CRS of the currently Enable on the fly projection checkbox The icon will show a green hook and all subsequently loaded vector layers will be OTF projected to the defined CRS The Coordinate Reference System tab of the Project Properties dialog contains five important compo nents as shown in Figure 6 2 and described below 1 Enable on the fly projection this checkbox is used to enable or disable OTF projection When off each layer is drawn using the coordinates as read from the data source When on the coordinates in each layer are projected to the coordinate reference system defined for the map canvas 2 Coordinate Reference System this is a list of all CRS supported by QGIS including Geographic Projected and Custom coordinate reference systems To use a CRS select it from the list by expanding the appropriate node an
289. s he sqrt sin a acos I cos asin tan atan Raster calculator expression dgm_d25_mv2 1 A landcover O Expression valid Y OK Cancel Figure 4 2 Raster Calculator A In the Result layer section you have to define an output layer You can then define the extent of the calculation area based on an input raster layer or based on X Y coordinates and on Columns and Rows to set the resolution of the output layer If the input layer has a different resolution the values will be resampled with nearest neighbor algorithm The Operators section contains all usable operators To add an operator to the raster calculator expression box click the appropriate button Mathematical calculations and trigonometric functions sin cos tan are available Stay tuned for more operators to come With the Result to project checkbox the result layer will automatically added to the legend area and can be visualized 76 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 5 Working with OGC Data QGIS supports WMS and WFS as data sources WMS support is native WFS and WFS T is implemented as a plugin 5 1 Whatis OGC Data The Open Geospatial Consortium OGC is an international organization with more than 300 commercial governmental nonprofit and research organisations worldwide Its members develop and implement stan dards for geospatial content and services GIS data processing and exchange Describing a basic data model for geographic features an incre
290. s to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document 4 MODIFICATIONS You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it In addition you must do these things in the Modified Version A Use in the Title Page and on the covers if any a title distinct from that of the Document and from those of previous versions which should if there were any be listed in the History section of the Document You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission B List on the Title Page as authors one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document all of its principal authors if it has fewer than five unless they release you from this requirement State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version as the publisher Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices Include immediately after the copyright notices a license n
291. s and Item option dialog bc iia 114 8 7 Print composer scalebar item tab Scalebar and General options dialog i seid doer ete 115 8 8 Print composer basic shape and arrow item tab Shape and Arrow options dialog 116 8 9 Print composer attribute table item tab Table and General options dialog A 116 8 10 Print Composer with map view legend scalebar coordinates and text added Doo 118 8 11 Composer Manager ccoo cra a 118 9 1 Plugin Manager A T 119 9 2 Installing external python plugins Deny eee oe tea 120 10 1 Coordinate Cature Plugin Vos ade 124 10 2 Copyright Label Plugin 2 00 eee ae 125 10 3 North Arrow Plugin A a PEE OAR ORES 126 10 4 Scale Bar Plugin are ooo bh re a ee oe eo ek ee 126 10 5 Delimited Text Dialog 20 cece eee ens 127 10 6 Dxf2Shape Converter Plugin A 128 10 7 The eVis display window A AN 130 10 8 The eVis Options window ee a AE 131 10 9 The eVis External Applications window en 8 ee ee 132 10 10 The eVis Database connection window EY 134 10 11 The eVis SQL query tab LF 135 10 12 The eVis Perdefined queries tab ot Ra eh bee oh eh enna aa 136 10 13 The GDALTools menu list onana aa a 144 10 14 The Information dialog window e Leen dd dee ole 145 10 15 The Contours dialog window On ad oa eee taa 146 10 16 The resulting contours layer a oa pr bole od iban Er se one a 146 10 17 The GDAL warp dialog window oaao aaa 147 10 18 Georeferencer Plugin Dialog os ne ede BR AOE GRR eB eee
292. se Connection and SQL Query The Output Console window at the bottom of the window displays the status of actions initiated by the different sections of this module Connect to a database Click on the Database Connection tab to open the database connection interface Next click on the Database Type gt dropdown menu to select the type of database that you want to connect to If a password or username is required that information can be entered in the Username and Password textboxes Enter the database host in the Database Host textbox This option is not available if you selected MSAccess as the database type If the database resides on your desktop you should enter localhost Enter the name of the database in the Database Name textbox If you selected ODBC as the database type you need to enter the data source name When all of the parameters are filled in click on the Connect button If the connection is successful a message will be written in the Output Console window stating that the connection was established If a connection was not established you will need to check that the correct parameters were entered above Database Type A dropdown list to specify the type of database that will be used Database Host The name of the database host Port The port number if a MYSQL or PostgreSQL database type is selected Database Name The nam
293. sed with the map file Web Footer Full path to the MapServer footer file to be used with the map file Only the Map file and QGIS project file inputs are required to create a map file however by omitting the other parameters you may end up creating a non functional map file depending on your intended use Although QGIS is good at creating a map file from your project file it may require some tweaking to get the results you want For this example we will create a map file using the project file mapserverproject qgs we just created see Figure 10 26 Start the MapServer dialog see Figure 10 26 by clicking the MapServer Export icon in the toolbar menu i Enter the name e g qgisproject map for your new map file Browse and find the QGIS project file e g mapserverproject qgs you previously saved Enter a name e g MyMap for the map Enter the width and height e g 600 for the width and 400 for the height for your output image For this example the layers are in meters so we change the units to meters Choose png for the image type ON DOO FW PD Click to generate the new map file qgisproject map QGIS displays the success of your efforts QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 157 10 12 OGR Converter Plugin You can view the map file in any text editor or visualizer If you take a look you ll notice that the export tool adds the metadata needed to enable our map file for WMS 10 11 3 Testing the Map
294. see Figure 8 9a The Table dialog allows to select the vector layer and columns of the attribute table Attribute columns can be sorted and you can define to show its values ascending or descending You can define the maximum number of rows to be displayed and if attributes are only shown for visible features of the current composer canvas Additionally you can define the grid characteristics of the table and the header and content font General options dialog The General options dialog of the attribute table item tab provides following functionalities see Figure 8 9b Here you can define color and outline width for the element frame set a background color and opacity for the table The button opens the Set items position dialog and allows to set the map canvas position using reference points or coordinates Furthermore you can select or unselect to display the element frame with the Show frame checkbox 8 8 Raise lower and align elements Raise or lower functionalities for elements are inside the Raise selected items pulldown menu Choose an element on the print composer canvas and select the matching functionality to raise or lower the selected element compared to the other elements see table 8 1 There are several alignment functionalities available within the Align selected items pulldown menu see table 8 1 To use an alignment functionality you first select some elements and then click on th
295. simplify 63 SpatlaLlte see SpatiaLite split feature 64 styles 41 symbology 41 transparency 42 undo 62 WFS authenticate remote server 84 remote server 83 secured WFS server 84 Transactional 83 199 Index WFS T 83 WKT 85 WMS authentification 78 capabilites 81 client 77 about 77 connection parameters 78 layers 78 limits 82 coordinate reference system 79 CRS 79 GetFeaturelnfo 81 identify 81 image encoding 78 layer settings editing 82 layer transparency 79 metadata 81 properties 81 remote server authentication 82 basic authentification 82 layer ordering 79 selection 77 URL 78 search 80 secured layers 82 server 82 serversearch 80 tileset 81 URL 78 WMS C 81 zoom mouse wheel 20 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 200 Literature and Web References 1 GDAL SOFTWARE SUITE Geospatial data abstraction library http www gdal org 2010 2 GRASS PROJECT Geographic ressource analysis support system http grass osgeo org 2010 3 MITCHELL T Web mapping illustrated 2005 4 NETELER M AND MITASOVA H Open source gis A grass gis approach 2008 5 OGR SOFTWARE SUITE Geospatial data abstraction library http www gdal org ogr 2010 6 OPEN GEOSPATIAL CONSORTIUM Web map service 1 1 1 implementation specification http portal opengeospatial org 2002 7 OPEN GEOSPATIAL CONSORTIUM Web map service 1 3 0 implementation specification http
296. sion Description notinstalled Zoom to Point 1 0 Zooms the map canvas to a coordinate you specify You can specify installed Plugin Installer 1 0 Downloads and installs QGIS python plugins 4 Install upgrade plugin Uninstall plugin The plugins will be installed to qgis python plugins Close Figure 9 2 Installing external python plugins A In order to download and install an external Python plugin click the menu Plugins Ly E Fetch Python Plugins The Plugin Installer window will appear figure 9 2 with the tab Plugins containing a list of all locally installed Python plugins as well as plugins available in remote repositories Each plugin can be either not installed this means the plugin is available in the repository but is not installed yet In order to install it select the plugin from the list and click the Install plugin button 120 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 9 1 3 Using the QGIS Python Plugin Installer new this means that the plugin is newly available in the repository installed this indicates that the plugin is already installed If it is also available in any repository the Reinstall plugin button will be enabled If the available version is older than the installed version the Downgrade plugin button will appear instead upgradeable this means that the plugin is installed but there is an updated version available In this case the Up
297. style choose Options from the Settings menu and click on the Digitizing tab and select the appropriate entry Basic operations Start by activating the Node Tool and selecting some features by clicking on it Red boxes appear at each vertex of this feature This is basic select of the feature Functionalities are Selecting vertex Selecting is easy just click on vertex and color of this vertex will change to blue When selecting more vertices Shift key can be used to select more vertices Or also the Ctrl key can 60 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 3 5 3 Digitizing an existing layer be used to invert selection of vertices if selected then it will be unselected and when not selected vertex will be selected Also more vertices can be selected at once when clicking somewhere outside feature and opening a rectangle where all vertices inside will be selected Or just click on an edge and both adjacent vertices should be selected Adding vertex Adding vertex is simple too Just double click near some edge and a new vertex will appear on the edge near to the cursor Note that vertex will appear on edge not on cursor position there it has to be moved if necessary Deleting vertex After selecting vertices for deletion click the Delete key and vertices will be deleted Note that according to standard Quantum GIS behavior it will leave a necessary number of vertices for the feature type you
298. t Rename gt Add Group gt Expand all gt Collapse all gt e Right mouse button menu for vector layers Zoom to layer extent gt Show in overview gt Remove gt Open attribute table gt QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 19 2 2 QGIS GUI Toggle editing not available for GRASS layers gt Save as gt Save selection as gt Query gt Rename gt Add Group gt Expand all gt Collapse all gt e Right mouse button menu for layer groups Remove gt Rename gt Add Group gt Expand all gt Collapse all gt If several vector data sources have the same vector type and the same attributes their symbolisations may be grouped This means that if the symbolisation of one data source is changed the others automatically have the new symbolisation as well To group symbologies open the right click menu in the legend window and choose Add Group gt The file groups of the layers appear It is now possible to drag a file from one file group into another one If this is done the symbologies are grouped Note that QGIS only permits the drag if the two layers are able to share symbology Same vector geometry typ
299. t Capture Line Capture Polygon View Y Pan Map amp Zoom In Q amp Zoom Out Ctrl Ctrl see Section 3 5 3 see Section 3 5 3 see Section 3 5 3 SEIS EN EN SN IN EN EN INE IN EN INES IN IN NY IN File File Advanced Digitizing Advanced Digitizing Digitizing Digitizing Digitizing Digitizing Digitizing Advanced Digitizing Advanced Digitizing Advanced Digitizing Advanced Digitizing Advanced Digitizing Advanced Digitizing Advanced Digitizing Advanced Digitizing Digitizing Advanced Digitizing Y Digitizing Y Digitizing Digitizing Y Map Navigation Y Map Navigation Y Map Navigation QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 2 2 1 Menu Bar Select Features see Section 2 4 2 Y Attributes a Deselect Features from all layers v Attributes W Identify Features Ctrl Alt 1 v Attributes Measure Line Ctrl Alt M v Attributes isu Measure Area Ctrl Alt J v Attributes v Attributes Zoom Full Ctrl Alt F Y Map Navigation amp Zoom To Layer y Map Navigation Q Zoom To Selection Ctrl J Y Map Navigation Zoom Last Y Map Navigation 2 Zoom Next Y Map Navigation Zoom Actual S
300. t file as layer the text file must contain 126 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 1 A delimited header row of field names This must be the first line in the text file 2 The header row must contain an X and Y field These fields can have any name 3 The x and y coordinates must be specified as a number The coordinate system is not important As an example of a valid text file we import the elevation point data file elevp csv coming with the QGIS sample dataset See Section 1 4 X Y ELEV 300120 7689960 13 654360 7562040 52 1640 7512840 3 Lived Some items of note about the text file are The example text file uses as delimiter Any character can be used to delimit the fields The first row is the header row It contains the fields X Y and ELEV No quotes are used to delimit text fields The x coordinates are contained in the X field The y coordinates are contained in the Y field ar O N gt Using the Plugin To use the plugin you must first enable it as described in Section 9 1 Click the new toolbar icon Ea Add Delimited Text Layer to open the Delimited Text dialog as shown in Figure 10 5 Create a Layer from a Delimited Text File Delimited text file home dassau grassdata qgis_sample_data csv elevp csv Layer name elevp Delimiter Delimiter string Type Plain characters Regular expression Geometry X field X v Y field Y Sample text X Y ELEV 300120 7689960 13 654360 756
301. t for instance First Generation USGS DOQ doq New Labelled USGS DOQ doq Military Elevation Data dt0 dt1 ERMapper Compressed Wavelets ecw e ESRI hdr Labelled e ENVI hdr Labelled Raster Envisat Image Product n1 EOSAT FAST Format FITS fits Graphics Interchange Format gif e GMT compatible netCDF e GRASS Rasters Golden Software Binary Grid TIFF Big TIFF GeoTIFF tif Hierarchical Data Format Release 4 HDF4 Hierarchical Data Format Release 5 HDF5 ILWIS Raster Map mpr mpl Intergraph Raster Erdas Imagine img Atlantis MFF2e Japanese DEM mem JPEG JFIF jpg JPEG2000 jp2 j2k e NOAA Polar Orbiter Level 1b Data Set AVHRR Erdas 7 x LAN and GIS In Memory Raster Vexcel MFF Vexcel MFF2 Atlantis MFF 3GRASS support is supplied by the QGIS GRASS data provider plugin 182 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide Multi resolution Seamless Image Database MrSID NITF NetCDF OGDI Bridge Oracle Spatial Georaster OGC Web Coverage Server OGC Web Map Server PCI aux Labelled PCI Geomatics Database File PCRaster Portable Network Graphics png Netpbm ppm pgm USGS SDTS DEM CATD DDF SAR CEOS USGS ASCII DEM dem X11 Pixmap xpm QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 183 B GRASS Toolbox modules The GRASS Shell inside the GRASS Toolbox provides access to almost all more than 330 GRASS modules through a command line interface To offer a more user friendly working environment
302. t is not allowed Preamble The purpose of this License is to make a manual textbook or other functional and useful document free in the sense of freedom to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it with or without modifying it either commercially or noncommercially Secondarily this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others This License is a kind of copyleft which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense It complements the GNU General Public License which is a copyleft license designed for free software We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software because free software needs free documentation a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does But this License is not limited to software manuals it can be used for any textual work regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference 1 APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS This License applies to any manual or other work in any medium that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License Such a notice grants a world wide royalty free license unlimited
303. tab under the Settings Ly Options gt menu 20 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 2 2 5 Map Overview QGIS Tip 5 PANNING THE MAP WITH THE ARROW KEYS AND SPACE BAR You can use the arrow keys to pan in the map Place the mouse cursor inside the map area and click on the right arrow key to pan East left arrow key to pan West up arrow key to pan North and down arrow key to pan South You can also pan the map using the space bar just move the mouse while holding down space bar 2 2 5 Map Overview The map overview panel provides a full extent view of layers added to it It can be selected under the menu Settings L Panels gt Within the view is a rectangle showing the current map extent This allows you to quickly determine which area of the map you are currently viewing Note that labels are not rendered to the map overview even if the layers in the map overview have been set up for labeling You can add a single layer to the overview by right clicking on it in the legend and select Show in overview You can also add layers to or remove all layers from the overview using the Overview tools on the toolbar If you click and drag the red rectangle in the overview that shows your current extent the main map view will update accordingly 2 2 6 Status Bar The status bar shows you your current position in map coordinates e g meters or decimal degrees as the mouse poi
304. tain order like drawing a line from Point x1 y1 to Point x2 y2 and so on These parts between each point are considered line segments They have a length and the line can be said to have a direction based on the order of the points Technically a line is a single pair of coordinates connected together whereas a line string is multiple lines connected together 3 Polygons When lines are strung together by more than two points with the last point being at the same location as the first we call this a polygon A triangle circle rectangle etc are all polygons The key feature of polygons is that there is a fixed area within them 1 2 Getting Started This chapter gives a quick overview of installing QGIS some sample data from the QGIS web page and running a first and simple session visualizing raster and vector layers 8 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 1 3 Installation Installation of QGIS is very simple Standard installer packages are available for MS Windows and Mac OS X For many flavors of GNU Linux binary packages rpm and deb or software repositories to add to your installation manager are provided Get the latest information on binary packages at the QGIS website at http qgis osgeo org download Installation from source If you need to build QGIS from source please refer to the coding and compiling guide available at http qgis osgeo org documentation The installation instructions are also distributed with the QGIS source
305. the General tab section Digitize you can click on Snapping options to enable and adjust snapping mode and tolerance on a layer basis see Figure 3 24 Note that this layer based snapping overrides the global snapping option set in the Digitizing tab So if you need to edit one layer and snap its vertices to another layer then enable snapping only on the snap to layer then decrease the global snapping tolerance to a smaller value Furthermore snapping will never occur to a layer which is not checked in the snapping options dialog regardless of the global snapping tolerance So be sure to mark the checkbox for those layers that you need to snap to Search radius Search radius is the distance QGIS uses to search for the closest vertex you are trying to move when you click on the map If you aren t within the search radius QGIS won t find and select any vertex for editing and it will pop up an annoying warning to that effect Snap tolerance and search radius are set in map units or pixels so you may find you need to experiment to get them set right If you specify too big of a tolerance QGIS may snap to the wrong vertex especially if you are dealing with a large number of vertices in close proximity Set search radius too small and it won t find anything to move The search radius for vertex edits in layer units can be defined in the Digitizing tab under Settings L The same place where you
306. the bottom left of the tab Two different chart types are allowed Bar chart Line graph You can define the number of chart columns to use and decide whether you want to _fAllow approximation or display out of range values Once you view the histogram you ll notice that the band statistics have been populated on the metadata tab QGIS Tip 24 GATHERING RASTER STATISTICS To gather statistics for a layer select pseudocolor rendering and click the Apply button Gathering statistics for a layer can be time consuming Please be patient while QGIS examines your data 4 4 Raster Calculator The Raster Calculator in the Layer menu allows to perform calculations on basis of existing raster pixel values The results are written to a new raster layer with a GDAL supported format The Fields list contains all loaded raster layers that can be used To add a raster to the raster calculator expression field double click its name in the Fields list You can then use the operators to construct calculation expressions or you can just type it into the box QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 75 4 4 Raster Calculator g Raster calculator 2 Q amp amp Raster bands Result layer A Output layer home dassau muell roads tif M roads 1 Current layer extent X min 0 50000 O XMax 8983 50000 Y min 0 50000 gt Ymax 7177 50000 Q Columns 8983 Rows 7177 0 Output format GeoTIFF v Add result to project Operator
307. ther to save the path for svg textures absolute or relative in the of the Settings LL Project Properties menu General tab Map tools Tab 26 The Mode setting determines which layers will be shown by the Identify tool By switching to Top down or Top down stop at first instead of Current layer attributes for all identifiable layers see the Project properties section under 2 5 to set which layers are identifiable will be shown with the Identify tool Open feature form if a single feature is identified Define search radius for identifying and displaying map tips as a percentage of the map width Define ellipsoid for distance calculations Define rubberband color for measure tools e Define preferred measurement units meters or feet e Define preferred angle units Degrees Radians or Gon Define Mouse wheel action Zoom Zoom and recenter Zoom to mouse cursor Nothing Define Zoom factor for wheel mouse QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide Overlay e Define placement algorithm for labels choose between central point standard chain popmusic tabu chain popmusic tabu and popmusic chain Digitizing Tab e Define Rubberband line color and line width e Define default snap mode to vertex to segment to vertex and segment e Define default snapping tolerance in map units or pixel e Define search radius for vertex edits in map units or pixel e Show markers only for selected features e Define
308. tion 71 GDAL implementation 71 georeferenced 71 histogram 75 loading 71 metadata 75 metadata 75 properties 74 pyramids 75 resolution pyramids 75 standard deviation 73 statistics 75 supported channels 72 supported formats 182 transparency 73 rasters metadata 81 properties 81 WMS 77 rendering 22 options 23 quality 23 scale dependent 22 suspending 23 update during drawing 23 Research tools 139 scale 22 calculate 21 security 36 settings 36 shapefile format 33 loading 33 specification 33 shapefiles 33 SHP files 33 spatial bookmarks seebookmarks30 spatial index shapefiles 34 SpatiaLite layers 40 SpatiaLite layers properties dialog 40 SRS 79 symbology changing 41 TAB files 33 text annotation seeamnotations28 Toggle Editing 59 toolbars 19 vector layers 33 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide Index add part 63 ring 63 adding feature 59 advanced digitizing 62 advanced editing tools 62 Arcinfo Binary Coverage 35 basic editing tools 59 copy feature 61 crossing 39 cut feature 61 delete part 64 ring 63 deleting feature 62 diagram 55 digitizing 59 ESRI shapefiles 33 MapInfo 34 merge features 64 move feature 59 node tool 60 Node Tool 60 paste feature 61 PostGIS see PostGIS properties dialog 41 redo 62 renderers continuous color 41 graduated symbol 41 single symbol 41 unique value 41 reshape feature 64 rotate symbol 64
309. tion 3 6 To show selected records only use the checkbox _ Show selected records only To search selected records only use the checkbox Search selected records only The other buttons at the bottom left of the attribute table window provide following functionality also with Ctrl C a also with Ctrl J to edit single values of attribute table and to enable functionalities described below Delete Selected Features gt for PostGIS layers and for OGR layers with GDAL version gt 1 6 Delete Column only for PostGIS layers yet QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 67 3 6 Query Builder Open field calcultor Save selected features as new layer The selected features can be saved as any OGR supported vector format and also transformed into an other Coordinate Reference System CRS Just open the right mouse menu of the layer and click on Save selection as gt to define the name of the output file its format and CRS see Section 2 2 3 Itis also possible to specify OGR creation options within the dialog QGIS Tip 21 MANIPULATING ATTRIBUTE DATA Currently only PostGIS layers are supported for adding or dropping attribute columns within this dialog In future versions of QGIS other datasources will be supported because this feature was recently implemented in GDAL OGR gt 1 6 0 Working with non spatial attribute tables QGIS allows also to load non spatial tables This includes currently tables supp
310. tions see Section 2 7 e Plugins Futher menu items are added by plugins as they are loaded Manage Plugins see Section 9 1 Plugins Python Console e Help 13 Help Contents F1 Y Help QGIS Home Page Ctrl H Vv Check QGIS Version About Note A The Menu Bar items listed above are the default ones in KDE window manager In GNOME Settings menu is missing and its items are to be found there 0 Project Properties Y File menu Options Y Edit Configure Shortcuts Y Edit Style Manager Y Edit Custom CRS Y Edit Panels gt Y View Toolbars gt Y View Toggle Full Screen Mode Y View Tile scale slider Y View Live GPS tracking Y View 18 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 2 2 2 Toolbars 2 2 2 Toolbars The toolbars provide access to most of the same functions as the menus plus additional tools for interacting with the map Each toolbar item has popup help available Hold your mouse over the item and a short description of the tool s purpose will be displayed Every menubar can be moved around according to your needs Additionally every menubar can be switched off using your right mouse button context menu holding the mouse over the toolbars QGIS Tip 3 RESTORING TOOLBARS If you have accidentally hidden all your toolbars you can get them back by choosing menu option
311. to the PostgreSQL database if one is not already defined Connect to the database Select the layer to add to the map Optionally provide a SQL where clause to define which features to load from the layer Load the layer QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 35 3 2 PostGIS Layers Quantum GIS File Edit View Layer Settings Plugins Help 394988343 RRE CP ER ra gt Y L KROJ 2D or609303 7 Layers Ex 0 0 miles Overview a Ya Figure 3 3 QGIS with Shapefile of Alaska loaded A 3 2 1 Creating a stored Connection The first time you use a PostGIS data source you must create a connection to the PostgreSQL database that contains the data Begin by clicking on the Add PostGIS Layer toolbar button selecting the Add PostGIS Layer option from the Layer menu or typing Ctrl Shift D You can also open the Add Vector Layer dialog and select e Database The Add PostGIS Table s dialog will be dis played To access the connection manager click on the button to display the Create a New PostGIS Connection dialog The parameters required for a connection are shown in table 3 1 Optional you can activate follwing checkboxes z Save Username Save Password Only look in the geometry _columns table Only look in the public schema Use estimated table metadata Once all parameters and options are set you can test the connectio
312. topol ogy afterwards Settings Tab The Settings Table 7 1 GRASS Digitizing Tools tab allows you to set the snapping in screen pixels The threshold defines at what distance new points or line ends are snapped to existing nodes This helps to prevent gaps or dangles between boundaries The default is set to 10 pixels Symbology Tab The Symbology tab allows you to view and set symbology and color settings for various geometry types and their topological status e g closed opened boundary Table Tab The Table columns to a Section 7 6 tab provides information about the database table for a given layer Here you can add new n existing attribute table or create a new database table for a new GRASS vector layer see QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 95 7 9 The GRASS toolbox i GRASS Edit PO EN A Ss 3 gt X a S F N Symbology Table Mode Next not used X Category 77 Layer 1 v Figure 7 4 GRASS Digitizing Category Tab amp QGIS Tip 38 CREATING AN ADDITIONAL GRASS LAYER WITH QGIS If you would like to add more layers to your dataset just add a new number in the Field layer entry box and press return In the Table tab you can create your new table connected to your new layer 7 8 The GRASS region tool The region definition setting a spatial working window in GRASS is important for working with raster layers Vect
313. ts QGIS provides default keyboard shortcuts for many features You find them in Section 2 2 1 below Addi tionally the menu option Settings Ly Configure Shortcuts gt allows to change the default keyboard shortcuts and to add new keyboard shoricuts to QGIS features Configuration is very simple Just select a feature from the list and click on or Set default Once you have found your configuration you can save it as XML file and load it to another Q installation QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 21 2 3 Rendering Configure shortcuts Action Y About 2 Add All to Overview Add PostGIS Layer Shift D Add Raster Layer Shift R Add Ring e Add SpatiaLite Layer Shift L Add Vector Layer Shift V e Add WMS Layer Shift W amp Add to Overview Shift O Y Capture Line Capture Point Capture Polygon Shift a Check Qgis Version 5 Change Set none Set default None Load Save Close Figure 2 2 Define shortcut options KDE 2 2 8 Context help When you need help on specific topic you can access context help via the Help button available in most dialogs please note that third party plugins can point to dedicated web pages 2 3 Rendering By default QGIS renders all visible layers whenever the map canvas must be refreshed The events that trigger a refresh of the map canvas include e Adding a layer e Panning or zooming e Resi
314. u can adapt the legend title You can change the font of the legend title layer and item name You can change width and height of the legend symbol and you can add layer symbol icon label and box space Legend items dialog The Legend items dialog of the legend item tab provides following functionalities see Figure 8 6b The legend items window lists all legend items and allows to change item order edit layer names remove and restore items of the list After changing the symbology in the QGIS main window you can click on QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 113 8 4 Adding other elements to the Print Composer Title airports Legend 3 alaska E majrivers Title Font Layer Font Item Font Symbol width 7 00 mm Symbol height 4 00 mm Layer space 3 00 mm Symbol space 2 00 mm Icon label space 2 00 mm CICAD Box space 2 00 mm v a x Edit Update Al a General dialog b Legend item dialog Frame color Background color Opacity Outline width 0 30 KIO Position Show frame c Item options dialog Figure 8 6 Print composer legend item tab General Legend items and Item option dialog Update to adapt the changes in the legend element of the print composer The item order can be changed using the and buttons or with Drag and Drop functionality Item options dialog The Item options dialog of the legend item tab provides fol
315. ve made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone s free use or not licensed at all The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0 This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License The Program below refers to any such program or work and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running the Program is not restricted and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program independent of having been made by running the Program Whether that is true depends on what the Program does 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program s source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer
316. vector feature With the lt gt icon on the toolbar you can move existing features QGIS Tip 16 ATTRIBUTE VALUE TYPES At least for shapefile editing the attribute types are validated during the entry Because of this it is not possible to enter a number into the text column in the dialog Enter Attribute Values or vica versa If you need to do so you should edit the attributes in a second step within the Attribute table dialog Node Tool For both PostgreSQL PostGIS and shapefile based layers the Node Tool provides manipulation ca pabilites of feature vertices similar to CAD programs It is possible to simply select multiple vertices at once and to move add or delete them alltogether The node tool also works with on the fly projection turned on and supports the topological editing feature This tool is unlike other tools in Quantum GIS persistent so when some operation is done selection stays active for this feature and tool If the node tool couldn t find any features a warning will be displayed Important is to set the property Settings L gt Options Ly Digitizing LL Search Radius 10 S toa number greater than zero Otherwise QGIS will not be able to tell which vertex is being edited QGIS Tip 17 VERTEX MARKERS The current version of QGIS supports three kinds of vertex markers Semi transparent circle Cross and None To change the marker
317. version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program does not specify a version number of this License you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 10 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 11 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPY RIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MER CHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PER FORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 INNO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABO
318. vertex marker style cross default semi transparent circle or none and vertex marker size e Suppress attributes pop up windows after each created feature CRS Tab Prompt for Coordinate Reference System CRS Project wide default Coordinate Reference System CRS will be used Global default Coordinate Reference System CRS displayed below will be used e Select global default Coordinate Reference System CRS Locale Tab e Overwrite system locale and use defined locale instead e Information about active system locale Proxy Tab e Define timeout for network requests in ms e Use proxy for web access and define host port user and password e Set the Proxy type gt Default Proxy gt Socks5Proxy gt HttpProxy gt according to your needs Proxy is determined based on the application proxy set using Generic proxy for any kind of connection Supports TCP UDP binding to a port incoming connections and authentication Implemented using the CONNECT command supports only outgoing TCP HttpCachingProxy gt context of HTTP requests FtpCachingProxy gt FTP requests connections supports authentication Implemented using normal HTTP commands it is useful only in the Implemented using an FTP proxy it is useful only in the context of Excluding some URLs can be added to the textbox below the proxy settings see fig 2 4
319. vgMarker Size Angle Offset X Y SVG Image Symbol layer type options for line layers LineDecoration Color MarkerLine Marker Marker Interval Rotate marker Line offset SimpleLine Color Pen width pen style Offset Join style and Cap style Symbol layer type options for polygon layers SimpleFill Color Fill style Border color Border style Border width QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 47 3 4 The Vector Properties Dialog a Line composed from three simple lines Symbol layers c Filling pattern for a polygon Figure 3 14 Defining symbol properties 3 4 4 Style Manager to manage symbols and color ramps The Style Manger is a small helper application that lists symbols and color ramps available in a style It also allows you to add and or remove items To launch the Style Manager click on Settings Ly Style Manager gt in the main menu 3 4 5 Labels Tab The Labels tab allows you to enable labeling features and control a number of options related to fonts placement style alignment and buffering We will illustrate this by labelling the lakes shapefile of the QGIS _example_dataset Load the Shapefile alaska shp and GML file lakes gm1 in QGIS Zoom in a bit to your favorite area with some lake Make the lakes layer active Open the Layer Properties dialog Click on the Labels tab
320. ware distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted inter faces the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 9 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later
321. wnloading OSM data for the first time this option is initially inactive because there is nothing to replace Use custom renderer This option is active only if the Open data automatically after download checkbox is checked It determines how many details will be in the map There are three predefined OSM styles for map displaying Use Small scale if you want to view OSM data at low level to see all details and to edit something If not you can use or QGIS 1 6 0 does not support changing the renderer style dynamically Click the button to start the download process A progress dialog will continuously inform you about how much of data is already downloaded When an error occurs during the download process a dialog tells you why When action finishes successfully both the progress dialog and download dialog will close themselves 10 14 8 Uploading OSM data Note that the upload is always done on current OSM data Before opening the OSM Upload dialog please be sure that you really have the right active layer OSM data To upload current data to the OSM server click on the Upload OSM data button If there is no such button OSM toolbar in your QGIS installation is disabled You can enable it again in Settings L OpenStreetMap gt After clicking the button a new dialog will appear GQ Upload OSM data Changes in 090902_090857_downloaded osm Points Lines Polygons Relations
322. write permission usually granted if you created the MAPSET This is necessary because new raster or vector layers created during analysis need to be written to the currently selected LOCATION and MAPSET 7 9 1 Working with GRASS modules The GRASS Shell inside the GRASS Toolbox provides access to almost all more than 300 GRASS modules in a command line interface To offer a more user friendly working environment about 200 of the available 96 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 7 9 1 Working with GRASS modules NAS elit Category Settings Symbology Table Snapping in screen pixels Figure 7 5 GRASS Digitizing Settings Tab GRASS Edit Category Settings Symbology Table Line width 1 S Marker size 9 Type Line Boundary no area Boundary 1 area Boundary 2 areas Centroid in area Figure 7 6 GRASS Digitizing Symbolog Tab A GRASS modules and functionalities are also provided by graphical dialogs These dialogs are grouped in categories but are searchable as well A complete list of GRASS modules available in the graphical Toolbox in QGIS version 1 6 0 is available in the GRASS wiki http grass osgeo org wiki GRASS QGIS_relevant_module_list It is also possible to customize the GRASS Toolbox content This procedure is described in Section 7 9 4 As shown in Figure 7 8 you can look for the appropriate GRASS module using the thematically grouped Modu
323. xcept for vertices of point parents When moving a line polygon snapping to all map vertices is performed Note that the OSM Plugin tries to snap only to the 3 closest to cursor vertices of a moved line polygon otherwise the operation would by very slow Snapping can be disabled by holding Ctrl key during the operation Map feature removing If you want to remove a feature you must identify it first To remove an identified feature use the Remove this feature button on the OSM Feature widget When removing a line polygon the line polygon itself is deleted so are all its member points that doesn t belong to any other line polygon When removing a point that is member of some lines polygons the point is deleted and the geometries of parent lines polygons are changed The new parent geometry has less vertices than the old one If the parent feature was a polygon with three vertexes its new geometry has only two vertexes And be cause there cannot exist polygon with only two vertices as described above the feature type is automatically changed to Line If the parent feature was a line with two vertexes its new geometry has only one vertex And because there cannot exist a line with only one vertex the feature type is automatically changed to Point 10 14 6 Editing relations Thanks to existence of OSM relations we can join OSM features into groups and give them common properties in such way we can model any possible map obj
324. xt margin im mm General options dialog The General options dialog of the label item tab provides following functionalities see Figure 8 4b Here you can define color and outline width for the element frame set a background color and opacity for the label The button opens the Set items position dialog and allows to set the map canvas position using reference points or coordinates Furthermore you can select or unselect to display the element frame with the Show frame checkbox 8 4 2 Image item tab Picture options and General options dialog To add an image click the Add image icon place the element with the left mouse button on the print composer canvas and position and customize their appearance in the image tem tab Picture options dialog The Picture options dialog of the image item tab provides following functionalities see Figure 8 5a The Search directories area allows to add and remove directories with images in SVG format to the picture database The Preview field then shows all pictures stored in the selected directories The Options area shows the current selected picture and allows to define width height and clockwise ro tation of the picture Itis also possible to add a user specific SVG path Activating the __ Sync from map checkbox synchronizes the rotation of a picture in the qgis map canvas i e a rotated north arrow with 112 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 8 4 3 Legend item tab
325. xtents Grid Interval X a 200000 00000 s Interval Y 200000 00000 S Offset X 0 00000 Offset Y 0 00000 S Cross width 2 00000 Line width 1 00000 Line color as lt gt General options lt gt 70 140 210 mies lt gt gt mee lt q mi H Hite Schlieren Figure 8 10 Print Composer with map view legend scalebar coordinates and text added 4 The Composer Manager button in the toolbar and in L allows to manage add new composer template or to manage already existing templates 000 e ZO Composer manager Composer 2 Alaska New Version Composer 4 Empysomposer WA Show Remove Rename f Close Figure 8 11 Composer Manager 118 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide 9 QGIS Plugins QGIS has been designed with a plugin architecture This allows many new features functions to be easily added to the application Many of the features in QGIS are actually implemented as either core or external plugins Core Plugins are maintained by the QGIS Development Team and are automatically part of every QGIS distribution They are written in one of two languages C or Python More information about core plugins are provided in Section 10 External Plugins are currently all written in Python They are stored in external repositories and main tained by the individual authors They can be added to QGIS using the
326. yers such that output contains intersecting and non intersecting areas 5 Symetrical differ Overlay layers such that output contains those areas of the ence input and difference layers that do not intersect o Cli Overlay layers such that output contains areas that inter a p sect the clip layer l Overlay layers such that output contains areas not inter Difference secting the clip layer Merge features based on input field All features with in E Dissolve dentical input values are combined to form one single fea ture Table 10 6 ffools Geoprocessing tools Geometry tools available via the fTools plugin Tool Purpose Check geometry Check polygons for intersections closed holes and fix node ordering Export Add geom etry columns Add vector layer geometry info to point KCOORD YCO ORD line LENGTH or polygon AREA PERIMETER layer Polygon centroids Calculate the true centroids for each polygon in an input polygon layer Delaunay triangu lation Calculate and output as polygons the delaunay triangu lation of an input point vector layer Simplify geometry Generalise lines or polygons with a modified Douglas Peucker algorithm Multipart to sin gleparts Convert multipart features to multiple singlepart features Creates simple polygons and lines Singleparts to mul tipart Merge multiple features to a single multipart feature based on a unique
327. you the available scales from the tileserver with nice slider docked in 5 2 6 Using the Identify Tool Once you have added a WMS server and if any layer from a WMS server is queryable you can then use the he Identify tool to select a pixel on the map canvas A query is made to the WMS server for each selection made The results of the query are returned in plain text The formatting of this text is dependent on the particular WMS server used Viewing Properties Once you have added a WMS server you can view its properties by right clicking on it in the legend and selecting Metadata Tab The Metadata tab displays a wealth of information about the WMS server generally collected from the Capabilities statement returned from that server Many definitions can be gleaned by reading the WMS standards 6 7 but here are a few handy definitions Server Properties WMS Version The WMS version supported by the server Image Formats The list of MIME types the server can respond with when drawing the map QGIS supports whatever formats the underlying Qt libraries were built with which is typically at least image png and image jpeg Identity Formats The list of MIME types the server can respond with when you use the Identify tool Currently QGIS supports the text plain type Layer Properties Selected Whether or not this layer was selected when its server was added to this pr
328. ype After that fill the relation tags and choose its members If you have already selected a relation type try using the Generate tags button It will generate typical tags to your relation type Then you are expected to enter values to the keys Choosing relation members can be done either by writing member identifiers types and roles or using the identify tool and clicking on map Finally when type tags and members are chosen the dialog can be submitted In such case the plugin creates a new relation for you Changing relation If you want to change an existing relation identify it first follow steps written above in Section Examining relation After that click on the Edit relation button You will find it on the OSM Feature widget A new dialog appears nearly the same as for the create relation action The dialog is pre filled with information on given relations You can change relation tags members or even its type After submitting the dialog your changes will be committed 10 14 7 Downloading OSM data To download data from OpenStreetMap server click on the Download OSM data button If there is no such button the OSM toolbar may be disabled in your QGIS instalation You can enable it again at Settings L L OpenStreetMap After clicking the button a dialog occurs and provides following functionalities Download OSM data Extent Latitude From 50 1182495512 To
329. ystem CRS here The definition must conform to the proj4 format for specifying a CRS Parameters proj ytm zone 31 ellps intl units m no_defs r TE IEC DORA Test Use the text boxes below to test the CRS definition you are creating Enter a coordinate where both the lat long and the transformed result are known for example by reading off a map Then press the calculate button to see if the CRS definition you are creating is accurate Parameters Geographic WGS84 Destination CRS Calculate x Figure 6 3 Custom CRS Dialog The cartographic parameters used with proj 4 are described in the user manual and are the same as those used by QGIS The Custom Coordinate Reference System Definition user CRS 1 adescriptive name and 2 the cartographic parameters in PROJ 4 format To create a new CRS click the button and enter a descriptive name and the CRS parameters After that you can save your CRS by clicking the button Note that the Parameters must begin with a proj block to represent the new coordinate reference system You can test your CRS parameters to see if they give sane results by clicking on the Calculate button inside the Test block and pasting your CRS parameters into the Parameters field Then enter known WGS 84 latitude and longitude values in North and East fields respectively Click on Calculate and compare the results with the known values in your coordinate ref
330. zing the QGIS window e Changing the visibility of a layer or layers QGIS allows you to control the rendering process in a number of ways 2 3 1 Scale Dependent Rendering Scale dependent rendering allows you to specify the minimum and maximum scales at which a layer will be visible To set scale dependency rendering open the Properties dialog by double clicking on the layer in the legend On the General tab set the minimum and maximum scale values and then click on the Use scale dependent rendering checkbox You can determine the scale values by first zooming to the level you want to use and noting the scale value in the QGIS status bar 2 3 2 Controlling Map Rendering Map rendering can be controlled in the following ways 22 QGIS 1 6 0 User Guide a Suspending Rendering To suspend rendering click the Render checkbox in the lower right corner of the statusbar When the Render box is not checked QGIS does not redraw the canvas in response to any of the events described in Section 2 3 Examples of when you might want to suspend rendering include e Add many layers and symbolize them prior to drawing e Add one or more large layers and set scale dependency before drawing e Add one or more large layers and zoom to a specific view before drawing e Any combination of the above Checking the Render box enables rendering and causes and immediate refresh of the map canvas b Setting Layer Add Option You
331. zulu Natal Il Mpumalanga L martharn Cana Lv Operators a sqrt sin tan acos a nacos aasin aran to real to int to string length rownum Il Field calculator expression rownum PROV_CODE PROVNAME Cancel oK Figure 3 32 Field Calculator amp field width and the field precision For example if you choose a field width of 10 and a field precision of 3 it means you have 6 signs before the dot then the dot and another 3 signs for the precision The Fields list contains all attributes of the attribute table to be searched To add an attribute to the Field calculator expression field double click its name in the Fields list Generally you can use the various fields values and operators to construct the calculation expression or you can just type it into the box The Values list lists the values of an attribute field To list all possible values select the attribute field in the Fields list and click the button To list all values of an attribute field that are present in the sample table select the attribute in the Fields list and click the button The procedure is the same as for the Query Builder To add a value to the Field calculator expression box double click its name in the Values list The Operators section contains all usable operators To add an operator to the Field calculator expression box click the appropriate button Mathematical calculations

QGIS User Guide - OSGeo Server

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents